Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Teleflex

Teleflex

tfx · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker tfx
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Teleflex
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
T

R

O

P

E

R

L

A

U

N

N

A

1

2

0

2

|

X

E

L

F

E

L

E

T

2021 ANNUAL REPORT

Delivering Results

PATIENTS 

  CLINICIANS 

  COMMUNITIES

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
Financial Highlights

FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS  (Dollars in millions, except per share data) 

,

$
2
8
0
9

,

5
6
3

$
1
3
0

,

8
4
1

$
1
1
9

,

7
4
7

$
1
1
3

,

8
5
7

$
1
0
6

,

2
0
8

$
1
3
3
3

.

$
1
1

.

1
5

$
1
0

.

6
7

$
9
9
0

.

$
6
5
2

,

1
3
9

$
4
3
5

,

0
8
6

$
4
3
7
0
6
8

,

$
4
3
7

,

1
4
3

$
2

,

5
9
5
3
6
2

,

$
2

,

5
3
7
1
5
6

,

$
2

,

4
4
8
3
8
3

,

18

19

20

21

18

19

20

21

18

19

20

21

18

19

20

21

Net Revenues

10.7% 
Variance

Research and 
Development

Adjusted Earnings 
Per Share1

Net Cash Provided by 
Operating Activities

9.3% 
Variance

24.9% 
Variance

49.2% 
Variance

¹ A table reconciling adjusted earnings per share to the most directly comparable  

GAAP measure can be found at the end of this Annual Report. 

2021 
Revenues
by Geography

2021 
Revenues
by Product Profile

59.1%

21.6%

10.6%

8.7%

24.5%

63.5%

12.0%

Americas

Europe,  
Middle East 
and Africa 

Asia 
Pacific

OEM

High 
Growth

Durable 
Core

Other

•  Our “high growth” portfolio is spread across several business units, and includes UroLift®, MANTA®, EZ-IO®, and OnControl ®, as well as 

hemostats and PICCs.

• Our “durable core” portfolio includes Teleflex products outside of the “high growth” and “other” categories.

•  Our “other” category includes sales of respiratory products not included in the divestiture to Medline, as well as urology care products  
and revenues associated with the manufacturing and supply transition agreements we entered into in connection with the respiratory 
business divestiture.

Delivering Results

Teleflex is committed to delivering meaningful 
Teleflex is committed to delivering meaningful 
results to patients, clinicians, and the communities 
results to patients, clinicians, and the communities 
where we operate around the globe. At the heart of 
where we operate around the globe. At the heart of 
this effort is our core purpose of providing clinically 
this effort is our core purpose of providing clinically 
effective medical technologies that improve the 
effective medical technologies that improve the 
health and quality of people’s lives. This purpose 
health and quality of people’s lives. This purpose 
is more vital than ever before, and we are fulfilling 
is more vital than ever before, and we are fulfilling 
it by finding safe and effective ways to develop 
it by finding safe and effective ways to develop 
our patient-centered portfolio, interact with our 
our patient-centered portfolio, interact with our 
customers, maintain a robust supply chain, and 
customers, maintain a robust supply chain, and 
execute our business strategy.
execute our business strategy.

PATIENTS
We are leveraging our innovation strength 
to identify unmet patient needs and to 
develop advanced medical devices that 
can improve patient outcomes across a 
growing range of medical specialties.

CLINICIANS
We are collaborating with clinicians  
to innovate devices that minimize 
complications, expedite recovery times, 
and reduce costs, and we are maintaining 
an efficient global supply chain to  
deliver these products worldwide.

COMMUNITIES
We are speeding life-altering products  
to key regions around the world, and we  
are advancing social responsibility 
programs that support our employees, 
enrich our communities, and help protect 
the environment.

DIVERSE PORTFOLIO

Teleflex has a strong and growing 
product portfolio that comprises many 
trusted names in medical technology, 
including Arrow®, Deknatel®, LMA®, 
Pilling®, Rüsch®, UroLift®, QuikClot®, 
and Weck®. Each of these brands  
holds a dominant position within 
its market, founded on a reputation 
for delivering unique solutions and 
maintaining exceptional quality. 
Together, our brands help us to fulfill 
our core purpose of delivering improved 
healthcare outcomes worldwide. 

2021 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT   |   1

To Our Shareholders

For companies in the healthcare industry, 2021 was a year 
of extraordinary challenges. Supply chain disruptions, new 
government mandates, and regulatory shifts impacted 
numerous world markets, while the COVID-19 pandemic 
continued to affect individuals, communities, and 
healthcare systems across the globe. Within this high-
pressure environment, Teleflex did not merely survive.  
We excelled. Our management team took decisive action  
to meet our customer commitments and to ensure the 
safety of our employees. At the same time, we diligently 
executed our business plan, driving product innovation, 
growing margins, and optimizing our business. As a result, 
we met the challenges of 2021, while delivering both 
operational excellence and record financial performance. 

Delivering Results in 2021:
•  We delivered revenue growth of 10.7%  

year-over-year by developing and marketing key 
products, and generating balanced growth across our 
entire product portfolio.

•  We generated strong gross and operating margin 

expansion, and our adjusted earnings per share 
increased by 24.9% year-over-year.1

•  We optimized our business, integrating Z-Medica, 

divesting our respiratory assets, and embarking on a new 
global restructuring plan.

•  We deepened our Corporate Social Responsibility 
commitment, expanding vital programs, including  
our Diversity, Equity & Inclusion initiative, and taking 
measures to advance our environmental goals.

•  We continued to prioritize people, offering expanded 

professional development opportunities to our 
employees, and delivering measurable improvements  
in employee engagement, and customer service.

•  We supported excellent patient care, providing 

product training to more than 130,000 clinicians globally.

Our 2021 performance underscores the strength of our 
business model, and the value of our diversified product 
portfolio—but the true force behind our success remains 
our people. Our employees around the world have worked 
steadily through the pandemic, serving the needs of patients,  
clinicians, and communities. We are deeply grateful to 
them for their hard work and ongoing commitment to our 
corporate objectives. 

Navigating A Dynamic Market
The COVID-19 pandemic has severely taxed global 
healthcare systems, restricting elective medical procedures, 
spiking demand for select products, and generating 
significant inflationary and supply chain pressures.  

1. A table reconciling adjusted earnings per share to the most comparable 
GAAP measure can be found at the end of this Annual Report.

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to exact  

a heavy toll on companies and communities 

around the world, and Teleflex is no 

exception.  We wish to express our deepest 

sympathies to those within the Teleflex 

community who have endured suffering  

and loss due to the pandemic. Teleflex is  

a family, and our people are both our top 

priority and our driving force. On behalf  

of our entire management team, we want  

to pledge our company’s ongoing support  

to our employees, and to commend their 

courage and selflessness.

We are also facing government and regulatory shifts, 
including a ruling by the Centers for Medicare & 
Medicaid Services, which will impact reimbursement  
for the UroLift® System over the next few years. In 
addition, the new Medical Device Regulation (MDR) 
went into effect in Europe during 2021, requiring us  
to overhaul our core manufacturing processes and 
recertify our products. Teleflex is meeting these 
challenges decisively. We are leveraging our diversified 
portfolio to insulate us from downturns in individual 
market segments, while meeting higher demand  
in others. We are empowering our people to find 
effective ways to engage our customers in a remote 
environment. We are drawing on our strong project 
execution skills to address regulatory demands, and  
to maintain a reliable supply chain. And we are 
leveraging our durable growth model to advance our 
strategy, and capitalize on emerging opportunities. 

Executing Our Strategy
We are committed to driving growth by investing in  
key clinical markets, fueling product innovation, and 
leveraging our infrastructure to increase margins. During 
2021, we made notable progress in advancing these 
objectives. In North America, we continued to execute 
our national, direct-to-consumer marketing campaign  
for the UroLift® System, and to roll out the UroLift® 2 
System, which will be available throughout North 
America by the end of 2022. We also continued to 
market the UroLift® System around the world, setting  
the stage for a full commercial launch of this product in 
Japan during 2022. The pandemic fueled strong demand 
for key products, including our portfolio of central venous  
catheters. We also experienced strong uptake for our 
peripherally inserted central catheters and our Arrow® 
EZ-IO® Intraoasseous Vascular Access System, which 
provides intravenous access where access is difficult to 
obtain in emergent situations. We launched the Arrow®  
ErgoPack® Complete System, a convenient, all-inclusive 
kit that provides everything clinicians need to insert 
vascular access devices safely and confidently. We also 
worked to expand use of our MANTA® Vascular Closure 
Device, completing a real-world study, and embarking  
on a major sales force expansion for this product. 

Another key component of our growth strategy is our 
well-established M&A program. Teleflex is a serial 

acquirer, having completed 80 transactions since 2011 
with a total value of $4.4 billion. Collectively, these 
transactions have improved our growth rate, while 
expanding and strengthening our product portfolio and 
infrastructure. In 2021, we integrated the two companies 
we acquired last year, namely Z-Medica and HPC, into 
our business. We also ramped up marketing for our 
hemostatic control product portfolio, and worked to 
extend the utilization of these products into adjacent 
clinical areas. In addition to these measures,  
we continued to refine our portfolio by divesting the 
majority of our respiratory assets to Medline Industries. 
This transaction positions us to reallocate our resources 
to higher growth opportunities, and it was immediately 
accretive to our pro forma revenue growth and our 
long-term margin profile. 

Moving Forward
Our long-term outlook remains excellent. Populations 
around the world are aging rapidly, fueling greater 
demand for healthcare, and lower acuity patients are 
seeking lower cost sites of service, creating a growing 
need for effective and affordable solutions. Teleflex  
is firmly positioned to capitalize on these trends. Our 
diversified portfolio includes products that can increase 
the efficiency of vital medical procedures and minimize 
overall healthcare costs. Moreover, we have the 
strengths to navigate market challenges, and to excel.  
We are a global leader, with a powerful portfolio of 
respected brands in multiple growth markets. We have 
the scale to succeed in today’s healthcare marketplace, 
along with the culture and reflexes to react quickly  
to market shifts. We have a track record for efficient 
execution that spans every area of our business. And, we 
have exceptional people who have a deep commitment 
to our corporate purpose. 

As we move ahead, we will marshal these strengths  
to continue our progress. We will drive organic growth 
and innovation, fuel continued revenue growth and 
margin expansion, pursue select M&A opportunities,  
and develop our commitment to Corporate Social 
Responsibility. Above all, we will continue to focus  
on delivering meaningful results to our constituents— 
from our employees and shareholders, to patients, 
clinicians and communities around the world. 

LIAM KELLY

Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer

THOMAS E. POWELL

Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer

2021 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT   |   3

Prioritizing Patients

At Teleflex, people are our priority—from our customers and their patients, to our employees, partners,  
and suppliers around the world. Our deep commitment to putting people first has driven us to build a unique, 
patient-centric portfolio of differentiated medical devices that are designed to deliver improved outcomes. This 
includes products that help to save lives, as well as those that can minimize pain, reduce the risk of complications, 
and expedite recovery times. Collectively, our products touch many aspects of patient care—from vascular access,  
to interventional cardiology, surgical, intensive care, men’s health, and emergency medicine—making a meaningful 
difference for patients and clinicians in every corner of the world, every day. 

UroLift® System 
A minimally invasive technology for the treatment of benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), 
the UroLift® System enables rapid relief of BPH symptoms with minimal downtime,1,2 
and improved quality of life.3 During 2021, we continued to execute our national, 
direct-to-consumer marketing campaign for the UroLift® System, and to roll out the 
next-generation UroLift® 2 System in North America. We also ramped up our internal 
processes and resources in preparation for a full commercial launch in Japan in 2022.

Arrowg+ard Blue Advance™ PICC
Arrowg+ard Blue Advance™ Peripherally Inserted Central Catheter (PICC) offers both 
antimicrobial and antithrombogenic protection, reducing the risk of catheter colonization 
and fibrin sheath accumulation on catheter surfaces.4 Many of our vascular access 
products are used to facilitate administration of therapies to and management of patients 
with COVID-19, and we are investing to grow these products in markets around the world.

QuikClot Control+® Hemostatic Dressing
QuikClot Control+® Hemostatic Dressing is a proprietary hemostatic technology indicated 
for severe bleeding in the internal organ space. QuikClot Control+® Hemostatic Dressing  
achieves faster bleeding control than standard gauze5, which may improve visualization 
of the surgical field6, giving it important applications in trauma surgery. In 2021, we 
initiated an IDE study to evaluate the performance of this product for mild to moderate 
bleeding in cardiac procedures as compared to standard gauze. We currently intend to 
apply with FDA for the expanded use of this device following completion of this IDE study.*

MANTA® Vascular Closure Device 
MANTA® Vascular Closure Device is the first commercially available biomechanical 
vascular closure device designed specifically for large bore femoral arterial access site 
closure.7 In 2021, we completed the largest prospective observational study for large 
bore arterial closure to date in Canada and Europe. The MARVEL registry studied the 
safety and performance of the MANTA® Device under real-world conditions in 500 
patients who underwent transfemoral large bore percutaneous procedures at ten 
centers. The study yielded a high technical success rate, rapid hemostasis, and low 
complication rates, as defined in the study protocol.8

1. Roehrborn, J Urology 2013 LIFT Study; 2. Shore, Can J Urol 2014; 3. Roehrborn, et al. Can J Urol 2017, 42% (2 point) improvement at 1 
month, 47% (2.2 point) at 3 months, 52% (2.4 point) at 6 months, 51% (2.4 point) at 12 months; 4. Antimicrobial – In vitro data on file 2010: 
AVER-004371, AVER-004483, AVAR-000427; Antithrombogenic – As compared to uncoated PICCs, intravascular ovine model inoculated with 
Staph aureus: AVAR-000427; In each case, no correlation between in vitro / in vivo testing methods and clinical outcomes have currently been 
ascertained; 5. Data on file at Teleflex. Comparative data may not be indicative of clinical performance. Based on in-vitro testing when 
compared to standard gauze.; 6. Moss R. Management of Surgical Hemostasis: An Independent Study Guide. Association of Perioperative 
Registered Nurses. 2013; 1-39.; 7. Data on file at Teleflex. 8. Kroon HG, Tonino PAL, Savontaus M, et al. Dedicated plug based closure  
for large bore access – The MARVEL prospective registry. Catheter Cardiovasc Interv. 2020;1–9. https://doi.org/10.1002/ccd.29439
*  Intended uses under IDE study are subject to FDA submission and clearance. 

4   |   2021 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

Teleflex Management Team

Liam Kelly
Chairman, President  
and Chief Executive 
Officer

Thomas E. Powell
Executive Vice 
President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Karen Boylan
Corporate Vice 
President, Global 
Strategic Projects

Howard Cyr
Corporate Vice  
President and Chief 
Compliance Officer

John Deren
Corporate Vice 
President and Chief 
Accounting Officer

Michelle Fox
Corporate Vice 
President and 
Chief Medical Officer

Cameron Hicks
Corporate Vice President 
and Chief Human 
Resources Officer

Daniel V. Logue
Corporate Vice 
President, General 
Counsel and Secretary

Daniel Price
Corporate Vice President, 
Commercial Finance

Dominik Reterski
Corporate Vice President, 
Quality Assurance/
Regulatory Affairs

Jay White
Corporate Vice President 
and President, Global 
Commercial

James Winters
Corporate Vice President, 
Manufacturing and 
Supply Chain 

OUR PURPOSE is to provide clinically effective medical technologies that improve the health and 
quality of people’s lives. In today’s dynamic healthcare climate, this purpose is more vital than ever 
before. Our management team is committed to identifying unmet clinical needs, and to developing 
innovative products and technologies that provide unique benefits to both patients and healthcare 
providers. In the following pages, some of our key functional business leaders discuss our progress 
in 2021, and outline our strategies for the future.

2021 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT   |   5

Exceptional Execution

We are delivering excellence across our entire 
supply chain, fueling sustainable business growth 
while driving margin improvement.” 

 James Winters, Corporate Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain

In 2021, our supply chain function faced significant challenges, underscoring the value of our commitment  
to continuous business optimization. As companies across the globe shifted to a remote work environment, 
Teleflex employees continued to work on-site to ensure we were serving our customers every day, and running  
our facilities safely and efficiently. Our top priority was employee safety, and we adopted a series of stringent 
operating protocols. At the same time, we faced unprecedented disruptions due to sick employees, regional 
lockdowns, severe weather events, and manufacturing delays. These challenges were compounded by raw materials 
shortages, and significant price inflation on raw materials, labor, logistics, and distribution. While many providers 
within our marketplace struggled, Teleflex continued to serve our customers and maintain a reliable end-to-end 
supply chain, while delivering sustainable business growth and improved margins. 

Our exceptional performance is founded on the dedication of our people, including our regional management teams 
around the world. These teams are empowered to make key leadership decisions that reflect the precise needs of 
their regions, enabling us to manage both global and local challenges quickly and effectively. In 2021, we drew on 
these teams to address the operational challenges our facilities faced due to the pandemic and to reassess our supply 
chain effectiveness. This intelligence positioned us to refine our inventory parameters, balance our manufacturing 
capacity, ramp up production of select products, and adjust our product allocation system to meet market demand. 
We also launched a restructuring initiative designed to maximize the efficiency of our global footprint, improve 
customer care, reduce costs, and build appropriate supply chain redundancy to deliver sustainable business growth. 

TELEFLEX PRODUCTS ARE USED EVERY DAY

24,000

In over 24,000 surgical procedures  
in the United States

8,000

To care for more than 8,000 patients  
in the Intensive Care Unit from  
neonates to adults

200

To treat nearly 200 men with benign 
prostatic hyperplasia (BPH)

2,000

By Interventional Cardiologists, Radiologists,  
and Vascular Surgeons in over 2,000 patients  
who require vascular intervention

4,400

By emergency responders to treat 4,400 
patients in the field, including more than 900 
cardiac arrests

3,500

By Interventional Cardiologists to treat over 
3,500 Interventional Cardiology procedures

Statistics included in the graphic above were calculated based on 2020 sales data, and management assumptions and estimates. 

6   |   2021 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

We are evaluating every customer interaction,  
and delivering a measurably superior experience 
across the entire customer journey.” 

Jay White, Corporate Vice President and President, Global Commercial

The COVID-19 pandemic strained healthcare systems worldwide, affecting every region in which we operate  
in a unique way. Elective procedures were largely restricted, sharply affecting the demand for certain products.  
At the same time, we faced a range of global supply chain and inflation pressures. Within this climate, Teleflex 
continued to prioritize people—including our employees, suppliers, and customers—working tirelessly to fulfill  
our commitments and avoid any deterioration in our service. We leveraged the virtual working environment, and 
found new, effective ways to interact with our customers, and to conduct key business functions, including sales, 
training, and troubleshooting. We also launched a new customer experience program in North America to assess 
each service interaction and to identify areas for improvement. Despite the extreme challenges of 2021, we 
generated a 10% improvement in our net promoter score in North America, underscoring our success in meeting 
customer needs. Our decisive measures to address the impact of the pandemic also enabled Teleflex to deliver 
exceptional financial performance for the year. This included meeting our internal targets for revenue growth and 
exceeding market expectations for this metric.

We are driving health outcomes by delivering  
value for patients and healthcare systems.” 

Michelle Fox, Corporate Vice President and Chief Medical Officer

Clinical and Medical Affairs (CMA) has thrived in a dynamic environment. When access was increasingly restricted, 
our function served as the “bridge” between our organization and the external medical community. Our extensive 
in-house team of professionals—including nurses, physicians, paramedics, medical and clinical affairs representatives,  
scientists, researchers, and reimbursement experts—executed on key initiatives that supported healthcare providers 
around the world in delivering essential care. Through collaboration with healthcare professionals, our team gains  
an in-depth understanding of patient needs, which we translate into meaningful healthcare solutions. In 2021, we 
welcomed Human Factors into CMA, recognizing a cohesive, patient-centric development strategy creates an R&D 
pipeline in-tune with an evolving healthcare ecosystem. We administered a growing range of clinical education 
programs to train healthcare professionals in the safe and effective use of our products, thereby delivering on our 
purpose of improving health outcomes. In 2021, CMA adapted to a remote training environment. By combining 
virtual platforms with our ability to conduct safe in-person education and case support, we reached a record 130,000 
healthcare practitioners across a broad scope of products and disciplines. Thanks to the notable dedication of global 
CMA professionals, we created a strategic competitive advantage while safeguarding the public trust. 

2021 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT   |   7

Superior Standards

Our goal is to deliver superior project execution 
across every facet of our business.”

Karen Boylan, Corporate Vice President, Global Strategic Projects

Our Strategic Projects team supports project management across the Teleflex enterprise and provides guidance  
to special functions, including crisis management and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). During 2021, we 
faced formidable challenges, as we continued to implement our corporate response to the COVID-19 pandemic 
and executed global projects remotely. We excelled in this regard, leveraging our “can-do” culture and established 
technology platform to ensure the strong and timely execution of critical projects. We advanced our corporate 
strategy by facilitating the integration of Z-Medica and the divestiture of our respiratory assets. We fostered 
continuous performance improvement by implementing new standard operating processes. We supported the 
adoption of Medical Device Regulation (MDR) standards, and developed new methodology for product labeling. 
We also promoted our CSR platform, creating a clear structure for this effort founded on four distinct pillars. We 
defined goals and growth plans for each pillar, which we communicated to our global workforce. We have already 
advanced some key initiatives, including reducing packaging waste, installing solar paneling, and issuing our  
first global CSR report.

In a year of persistent uncertainty, Teleflex  
expertly managed a range of market  
challenges, while growing our business beyond  
pre-pandemic levels.”

 Lawrence Keusch, Vice President of Investor Relations  
and Strategy Development

The COVID-19 pandemic dominated the global landscape in 2021, impacting hospitals and clinicians worldwide, 
and affecting both the willingness and the ability of patients to seek medical treatment. The precise timing, nature 
and duration of these effects varied across different regions, creating a constantly moving target that required 
flexibility, agility, and attentiveness. Our company’s deeply embedded financial discipline, our history of building 
trust and transparency with investors, and our commitment to diversification across products, segments, and 
geographic regions served us well. We continued to leverage our product portfolio, relying on its highly diversified 
nature to insulate us against downturns in certain segments, and thereby minimize the impact of the pandemic. 
We capitalized on our “right-sized” corporate structure to manage market challenges from a global perspective, 
while reacting quickly to regional dynamics. We also continued to execute our established M&A strategy, which is 
focused on identifying acquisition candidates that fuel the high-quality growth of our business. We have a strong 
track record for acquiring assets that accelerate growth, strengthen our product portfolio, expand our business 
into high-margin markets, and extend our global reach.

8   |   2021 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

Our commitment to delivering the highest quality, 
reliability, and service is a global effort that yields 
meaningful value for our customers.” 

Dominik Reterski, Corporate Vice President, Quality Assurance/
Regulatory Affairs

In 2021, our teams provided excellent service to our customers, while ensuring that our foundation for the future 
remains strong. We continuously strengthen and adapt our Quality and Regulatory systems and processes to meet 
tightening or changing regulatory needs across the globe. One of the projects we are currently executing is to 
comply with the Medical Device Regulation (MDR), a significant regulatory shift, which went into effect during 
2021. MDR imposes an extensive range of new standards on the production and distribution of medical devices  
in Europe, including new protocols for technical documentation and labeling. These changes have profound 
implications, requiring us to overhaul our core processes and recertify our existing products. We are fully 
committed to complying with MDR standards, while maintaining a steady supply of devices to our customers.  
We have allocated significant resources to this initiative, including creating a dedicated multidisciplinary task  
force to manage each step of the process. We are closely collaborating with our suppliers and customers in the 
development and implementation of best practices, and the use of advanced technology. 

Leadership is revealed during tough times,  
and in 2021 we showcased the exceptional  
quality of the Teleflex team.” 

Cameron Hicks, Corporate Vice President and Chief Human  
Resources Officer

Every successful business ultimately comes down to people, and we are committed to attracting and retaining the 
high-caliber talent necessary to propel our continued success. This includes creating a welcoming culture, offering 
attractive growth opportunities, and rewarding employees for dedication and performance. These objectives were 
put to the test in 2021, as we managed the implications of COVID-19. The safety of our employees was our top 
priority, and we took decisive steps to minimize workplace exposure to the virus. We also provided global support 
for employee families, from launching an online forum to provide educational resources to homeschooling parents, 
to delivering food during lockdowns, to enabling access to vaccines in areas where they were scarce. In addition to 
these measures, we continued to perfect our use of the virtual work environment, developing effective ways to engage  
our remote employees, and to manage recruiting, onboarding, and training virtually. The success of these initiatives 
was evident in our employee referral rate for externally-filled positions, which reached 35% during the year. We 
were also proud to be awarded the MedReps Best Places to Work commendation for the fifth consecutive year.

2021 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT   |   9

Culture of Commitment

We have an enduring commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) that we demonstrate  
through a broad and growing range of programs. In 2021, we set the stage to expand and enrich these  
efforts by defining four distinct pillars for our CSR platform. We have established clear goals and growth  
plans for each pillar, and we are engaging our entire global workforce in advancing these objectives. We  
also issued the Teleflex Global Impact report. Our first-ever global CSR report, this catalogues our extensive  
range of CSR programs and accomplishments, and can be viewed on our website at Teleflex.com.  
Highlights from this report include: 

PRINCIPLES  
OF ETHICS & 
GOVERNANCE

We have a deep 
commitment to practicing 
strong business ethics 
and maintaining 
exceptional compliance 
standards, which we 
continuously reinforce 
through ongoing 
assessment and training.

PLANET &  
ENVIRONMENT

PEOPLE

We maintain a Zero Harm 
vision, which guides us 
to make ecologically 
responsible decisions, 
including reducing waste, 
tracking our global 
energy consumption, 
and installing solar 
energy panels at our 
manufacturing facilities.

We provide professional 
development 
opportunities,  
offer attractive benefits 
packages, and administer 
employee recognition 
programs. In 2020, 
we established Crisis 
Management Teams to 
support employees and 
their families affected  
by COVID-19.

PROSPERITY & 
SUSTAINABLE 
HEALTHCARE

We encourage employee 
volunteer activities, 
fund medical grants 
and humanitarian 
aid, and support local 
organizations. We 
also administer our 
Humanitarian Donation 
program, providing 
Personal Protective 
Equipment to healthcare 
practitioners.

Diversity, Equity & Inclusion 
One way we prioritize our people is through our Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (DE&I) Council. This council is tasked 
with promoting diversity across our workforce, while creating an inclusive work environment where employees can 
achieve their personal best. Our Regional DE&I Councils in the United States and Canada, Latin America, EMEA, 
and APAC advance these objectives on a global scale.

Liam Kelly  
Global Chair

Shanté Demary 
United States  
and Canada

Monika Vikander-
Hegarty 
EMEA

Dennis Diaz 
Latin America

Ruby Liu 
APAC

10   |   2021 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

Our Core Values
Our success is firmly rooted in our Core Values, which revolve entirely around 
people. These values highlight the qualities that define Teleflex, including a 
pervasive entrepreneurial spirit that encourages innovation, a deep commitment  
to building and maintaining trust, and an active belief in cultivating a fun work 
environment. We continuously communicate these values to our employees, and 
we integrate them into our review processes, ensuring that our entire global 
workforce is “living” the Teleflex Core Values every day.

THE TELEFLEX FOUNDATION

For more than four decades, the Teleflex Foundation has encouraged social responsibility  
by providing financial support to qualified nonprofit organizations. Our Teleflex Foundation 
programs include the Make a Difference (MAD) Grant, which awards cash grants to select 
healthcare charities in which our employees are involved. Our Matching Gifts Program matches 
employee gifts of $50 and above to most organizations that are qualified for exemptions under 
Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Teleflex Foundation is also a long-time 
supporter of Americares and an established Americares Emergency Response Partner. 

JOIN Act with Purpose
JOIN Act with Purpose is an employee-driven forum  
that facilitates the social responsibility activities of our 
employees by providing a platform where they can access 
information about local volunteer opportunities and share 
personal volunteer experiences. These activities are 
summarized in the JOIN Impact Report, which is available 
at www.teleflex.com. JOIN IN It Together provides Teleflex 
employees who work remotely with an online forum  
for support and connection.

MedReps Best Place to Work
In December 2021, Teleflex was named one of the 
Best Places to Work by the MedReps community  
of medical sales talent, marking the fifth consecutive 
year we have earned this award. This is especially 
meaningful, because MedReps redefined some  
of the evaluation criteria for the award this year, 
making the candidate pool for 2021 much larger  
and more competitive than in the past.

2021 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT   |   11

TELEFLEX CHAIRMAN’S AWARD

We present the Teleflex Chairman’s Award annually to individual employees and employee teams 
who earn the attention of their colleagues by delivering exceptional performance in the areas of 
innovation, customer focus, productivity, and/or sustainability. In 2021, we evaluated a record 
number of submissions for this peer-nominated award, and we presented it to:

Individual Winner
When the New Zealand Ministry of Health 
faced a critical shortage of filters, they called 
John for help. He quickly located excess 
Teleflex inventory, gathered clinical data to 
demonstrate product suitability for use and 
enable training, and secured rapid product 
delivery, impacting thousands of patient lives.

John Reidy

Specialty EPIC Center Team in OEM
This team drove the implementation of the IDEA Process in  
our OEM EPIC Centers in Limerick, Ireland; Maple Grove, 
Minnesota; and, most recently, in Plymouth, Minnesota. In 2021, 
team members opened the Plymouth location and immediately 
exceeded expectations for securing new business, and 
collaborating with customers. They significantly outpaced their 
original target for 2021 Non-Recurring Engineering revenue.

Malaysia Crisis Management Team 
As a result of COVID-19, the Malaysian government set 
stringent parameters for allowing our manufacturing facilities  
to operate at full capacity. Teleflex was required to conduct 
bi-weekly testing for all employees, as well as to provide 
acceptable PPE, ensure employee permits met shifting 
formatting standards, and maintain a minimum of 90% 
vaccination status at the site. This team implemented an 
internal online tracking tool in less than two weeks, and 
manually collected data for production associates, helping  
to ensure employee safety.

(Pictured from top left to bottom right) Nate Rhodes,  
John Kirchgessner, Greg Gabay, Philip O’Malley, Jason 
Purcell, Patrick Campion, Ray Ledinsky

(Pictured from top left to bottom right) Mohamad Zaidi 
Ismail, Charles Schrenk, Muneswaren Gandhi, Lin Im Tan, 
Bathmanathan Kallianna Gounder, Norsurianti Karim, Sharifah 
Shafini Tungku Syed Petra, Maruthavaanam Ponnusamy,  
Azhar Ahmad Ahmed Rifaie, Muniandy A/L Songappen

IT Cyber Security Team
To meet compliance requirements, this team implemented  
a multi-factor authentication VPN solution—a process that 
typically takes up to four months—in just 47 days. The  
new technology was deployed to 7,000 Teleflex VPN users,  
with no disruption to employee productivity.  The solution 
strengthened our cyber security, improved user experience, 
and ensured transparent access to Teleflex resources for 
employees working remotely due to COVID-19.

(Pictured from top left to bottom right) Matt Bartush, Angelo 
Candler, Pavel Gonda, Will Hardeman, Jason Lesko, Bobby Neal,  
Alan Olivas, Nick Sabinske, Eric Scott

12   |   2021 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

FORM 10K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED 
DECEMBER 31, 2021

This page intentionally left blank. 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
_________________________________________________

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 or

(Mark One)

For the transition period from                      to                      .
Commission file number 1-5353
_________________________________________________
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_________________________________________________

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

23-1147939

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

550 East Swedesford Road, Suite 400, Wayne, Pennsylvania

(Address of principal executive offices)

19087

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (610) 225-6800

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value 
$1.00 per share

TFX

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
_________________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x     No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 
405  of  Regulation  S-T  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  such 
files).    Yes  x    No  ¨
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting 
company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and 
"emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x   Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer ¨   Smaller reporting company  ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨  ¨

Emerging growth company ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its 
internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or 
issued its audit report.     ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  ☐		  No  x
The aggregate market value of the Common Stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant (29,100,050 shares) on June 27, 2021 
(the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed fiscal second quarter) was $11,995,331,611(1). The aggregate market value 
was computed by reference to the closing price of the Common Stock on such date, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

The registrant had 46,870,014 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of February 22, 2022.

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Certain provisions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed 
within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

(1)  For  purposes  of  this  computation  only,  the  registrant  has  defined  “affiliate”  as  including  executive  officers  and  directors  of  the 
registrant  and  owners  of  more  than  five  percent  of  the  common  stock  of  the  registrant,  without  conceding  that  all  such  persons  are 
“affiliates” for purposes of the federal securities laws.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

BUSINESS

RISK FACTORS

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

PROPERTIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

PART II

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY 
SECURITIES

RESERVED
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON 
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

OTHER INFORMATION
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT 
INSPECTIONS

PART III

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND 
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

PART IV

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Page

4

14

28

28

29

29

30

30

30

46

47

47

47

47

47

48

48

48

48

48

49

51

52

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 9C.

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Item 15.

Item 16.

SIGNATURES

2

 
 
Information Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

All statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-
looking  statements.  The  words  “anticipate,”  “believe,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “plan,”  “will,”  “would,” 
“should,”  “guidance,”  “potential,”  “continue,”  “project,”  “forecast,”  “confident,”  “prospects”  and  similar  expressions 
typically are used to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on the then-current 
expectations,  beliefs,  assumptions,  estimates  and  forecasts  about  our  business  and  the  industry  and  markets  in 
which  we  operate.  These  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance  and  are  subject  to  risks  and 
uncertainties, which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is 
expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

changes in business relationships with and purchases by or from major customers or suppliers;

delays or cancellations in shipments;

demand for and market acceptance of new and existing products;

our inability to provide products to our customers, which may be due to, among other things, events that impact 
key distributors, suppliers and vendors that sterilize our products;

our inability to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, realize planned synergies and operate such 
businesses profitably in accordance with our expectations;

our inability to effectively execute our restructuring programs;

our inability to realize anticipated savings resulting from restructuring plans and programs;

the impact of enacted healthcare reform legislation and proposals to amend, replace or repeal the legislation;

changes in Medicare, Medicaid and third-party coverage and reimbursements;

the impact of tax legislation and related regulations;

competitive market conditions and resulting effects on revenues and pricing;

increases in raw material costs that cannot be recovered in product pricing;

global  economic  factors,  including  currency  exchange  rates,  interest  rates,  trade  disputes,  sovereign  debt 
issues and international conflicts and hostilities, such as the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine;

public health epidemics including the novel coronavirus (referred to as COVID-19);

difficulties entering new markets; and

general economic conditions.

For a further discussion of the risks relating to our business, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K.  We  expressly  disclaim  any  obligation  to  update  these  forward-looking  statements,  except  as 
otherwise explicitly stated by us or as required by law or regulation.

3

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

PART I

Teleflex Incorporated is referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” “Teleflex” and the “Company.”

THE COMPANY

Teleflex is a global provider of medical technology products that enhance clinical benefits, improve patient and 
provider safety and reduce total procedural costs. We primarily design, develop, manufacture and supply single-use 
medical devices used by hospitals and healthcare providers for common diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in 
critical  care  and  surgical  applications.  We  market  and  sell  our  products  to  hospitals  and  healthcare  providers 
worldwide  through  a  combination  of  our  direct  sales  force  and  distributors.  Because  our  products  are  used  in 
numerous markets and for a variety of procedures, we are not dependent upon any one end-market or procedure. 
Our  major  manufacturing  operations  are  located  in  the  Czech  Republic,  Malaysia,  Mexico  and  the  United  States 
(the "U.S.").

We  are  focused  on  achieving  consistent,  sustainable  and  profitable  growth  and  improving  our  financial 

performance by increasing our market share and improving our operating efficiencies through:

•

•

•

•

•

development of new products and product line extensions;

investment in new technologies and broadening the application of our existing technologies;

expansion of the use of our products in existing markets and introduction of our products into new geographic 
markets;

achievement of economies of scale as we continue to expand by utilizing our direct sales force and distribution 
network  to  sell  new  products,  as  well  as  by  increasing  efficiencies  in  our  sales  and  marketing  organizations, 
research and development activities and manufacturing and distribution facilities; and

expansion  of  our  product  portfolio  through  select  acquisitions,  licensing  arrangements  and  business 
partnerships that enhance, expand or expedite our development initiatives or our ability to increase our market 
share. 

Our  research  and  development  capabilities,  commitment  to  engineering  excellence  and  focus  on  low-cost 
manufacturing enable us to bring to market cost effective, innovative products that improve the safety, efficacy and 
quality of healthcare. Our research and development initiatives focus on developing these products for both existing 
and new therapeutic applications, as well as developing enhancements to, and product line extensions of, existing 
products. During 2021 we introduced several product line extensions and five new products. Our portfolio of existing 
products and products under development consists primarily of Class I and Class II medical devices, most of which 
require 510(k) clearance by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") for sale in the U.S., and some of which 
are exempt from the requirement to obtain 510(k) clearance. We believe that seeking 510(k) clearance or qualifying 
for 510(k)-exempt status reduces our research and development costs and risks, and typically results in a shorter 
timetable  for  new  product  introductions  as  compared  to  the  premarket  approval,  or  PMA,  process  that  would  be 
required for Class III medical devices. See "Government Regulation" below for additional information.

HISTORY AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Teleflex was founded in 1943 as a manufacturer of precision mechanical push/pull controls for military aircraft. 
From  this  original  single  market,  single  product  orientation,  we  expanded  and  evolved  through  entries  into  new 
businesses,  development  of  new  products,  introduction  of  products  into  new  geographic  or  end-markets  and 
acquisitions  and  dispositions  of  businesses.  Throughout  our  history,  we  have  continually  focused  on  providing 
innovative,  technology-driven,  specialty-engineered  products  that  help  our  customers  meet  their  business 
requirements.

Beginning  in  2007,  we  significantly  changed  the  composition  of  our  portfolio  of  businesses,  expanding  our 
presence in the medical device industry, while divesting all of our other businesses, which served the aerospace, 
automotive,  industrial  and  marine  markets.  Following  the  divestitures  of  our  marine  business  and  cargo  container 
and systems businesses in 2011, we became exclusively a medical device company.

In  2017,  we  completed  two  large  scale  acquisitions:  NeoTract,  Inc.  ("NeoTract")  and  Vascular  Solutions,  Inc. 
(“Vascular  Solutions”).  NeoTract  was  a  medical  device  company  that  developed  and  commercialized  the  UroLift 
System,  a  minimally  invasive  medical  device  for  treating  lower  urinary  tract  symptoms  due  to  benign  prostatic 
hyperplasia,  or  BPH.  Vascular  Solutions  was  a  medical  device  company  that  developed  and  marketed  clinical 
products for use in minimally invasive coronary and peripheral vascular procedures. 

4

On  May  15,  2021,  we  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  to  sell  certain  product  lines  within  our  global 
respiratory  product  portfolio  (the  "Divested  respiratory  business")  to  Medline  Industries,  Inc.  (“Medline”)  for 
consideration  of  $286.0  million,  reduced  by  $12  million  in  working  capital  not  transferring  to  Medline  (the 
"Respiratory business divestiture"). We completed the initial phase of the Respiratory business divestiture on June 
28,  2021,  pursuant  to  which  we  received  cash  proceeds  of  $259  million.  The  second  and  final  phase  of  the 
Respiratory business divestiture will occur once we transfer certain additional manufacturing assets to Medline and 
is expected to occur prior to the end of 2023.

See "Our Products" below and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K for additional information.

We expect to continue to increase the size of our business through a combination of acquisitions and organic 

growth initiatives.

Restructuring programs

We  continue  to  execute  our  footprint  realignment  and  other  restructuring  programs  designed  to  improve 
efficiencies  in  our  manufacturing  and  distribution  facilities  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  our  sales  and  marketing  and 
research  and  development  organizations.  See  Note  5  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

OUR SEGMENTS

We have four segments: Americas, EMEA (Europe, the Middle East and Africa), Asia (Asia Pacific) and OEM 

(Original Equipment Manufacturer and Development Services).  

Each  of  our  three  geographic  segments  provides  a  comprehensive  portfolio  of  medical  technology  products 
used by hospitals and healthcare providers. However, certain of our products are more heavily concentrated within 
certain  segments.  For  example,  most  of  our  urology  products  are  sold  by  our  EMEA  segment  and  most  of  our 
interventional urology products are sold by our Americas segment. Our product portfolio is described in the products 
section below.    

Our  OEM  segment  designs,  manufactures  and  supplies  devices  and  instruments  for  other  medical  device 
manufacturers.  Our  OEM  division,  which  includes  the  TFX  Medical  OEM,  TFX  OEM,  Deknatel  and  HPC  Medical  
brands,  provides  custom  extrusions,  micro-diameter  film-cast  tubing,  diagnostic  and  interventional  catheters, 
balloons and balloon catheters, film-insulated fine wire, coated mandrel wire, conductors, sheath/dilator introducers, 
specialized sutures and performance fibers, bioabsorbable sutures, yarns and resins. 

The  following  charts  depict  our  net  revenues  by  reportable  operating  segment  as  a  percentage  of  our  total 

consolidated net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

OUR PRODUCTS

Our  product  categories  within  our  geographic  segments  include  vascular  access,  anesthesia,  interventional, 
surgical, interventional urology, respiratory and urology. Each of these categories and the key products sold therein 
are described in more detail below.

5

Vascular Access: Our Vascular Access product category offers devices that facilitate a variety of critical care 
therapies  and  other  applications  with  a  focus  on  helping  reduce  vascular-related  complications.  These  products 
primarily  consist  of  our  Arrow  branded  catheters,  catheter  navigation  and  tip  positioning  systems  and  our 
intraosseous, or in the bone, access systems. 

Our catheters are used in a wide range of procedures, including the administration of intravenous therapies, the 
measurement of blood pressure and the withdrawal of blood samples through a single puncture site. Many of our 
catheters provide antimicrobial and antithrombogenic protection technology that have been shown to reduce the risk 
of  catheter  related  bloodstream  infections  and  microbial  colonization  and  thrombus  accumulation  on  catheter 
surfaces.

Our  intraosseous  access  systems  are  designed  for  the  delivery  of  medications  and  fluids  when  intravenous 
access  is  difficult  to  obtain  in  emergent,  urgent  or  medically  necessary  cases.  Our  products  offer  a  method  for 
vascular access that can be administered quickly and effectively in the hospital and pre-hospital environments and 
include the EZ-IO Intraosseous Vascular Access System and Arrow FAST1 Sternal Intraosseous Infusion System.

Interventional:  Our  Interventional  product  category  offers  devices  that  facilitate  a  variety  of  applications  to 
diagnose and deliver treatment via the vascular system of the body. These products primarily consist of a variety of 
coronary catheters, structural heart therapies, peripheral intervention products and cardiac assist products that are 
used  by  interventional  cardiologists,  interventional  radiologists  and  vascular  surgeons.  Clinical  benefits  of  our 
products include increased vein and artery access and increased support during complex medical procedures. Our 
product  offerings  consist  of  a  portfolio  of Arrow  branded  catheters,  Guideline  and  Trapliner  catheters,  the  Manta 
Vascular Closure and Arrow OnControl devices. 

Anesthesia:  Our  Anesthesia  product  category  is  comprised  of  airway,  pain  management  and  hemostatic 

product lines that support hospital, emergency medicine and military channels. 

 Our airway management products and related devices are designed to enable use of standard and advanced 
anesthesia  techniques  in  both  pre-hospital  emergency  and  hospital  settings.  Our  key  products  include 
laryngoscopes,  supraglottic  airways,  endotracheal  tubes  and  atomization  devices,  which  are  branded  under  our 
LMA, Rusch and MAD trade names.

  Our  pain  management  product  line  includes  catheters  and  disposable  pain  pumps  for  regional  anesthesia, 

designed to improve patients’ post-operative pain experience, which are branded under our Arrow trade name.

Our hemostatic products accelerate the body's natural clotting cascade and are used in trauma situations where 
bleeding is difficult to control. The portfolio consists of  external  hemostats used  by  first responders, interventional 
products  used  in  the  catheter  lab,  and  trauma  products  used  by  trauma  surgeons,  which  are  branded  under  our 
QuikClot trade name.

Surgical:  Our  Surgical  product  category  consists  of  single-use  and  reusable  products  designed  to  provide 
surgeons  with  devices  for  use  in  a  variety  of  surgical  procedures.  These  products  primarily  consist  of  metal  and 
polymer  ligation  clips,  fascial  closure  surgical  systems  used  in  laparoscopic  surgical  procedures,  percutaneous 
surgical systems and other surgical instruments. Our significant surgical brands include Weck, Minilap, Pleur-Evac, 
Deknatel, KMedic and Pilling.

Interventional Urology: Our interventional urology product category includes the UroLift System, a minimally 
invasive  technology  for  treating  lower  urinary  tract  symptoms  due  to  benign  prostatic  hyperplasia,  or  BPH.  The 
UroLift  System  involves  the  placement  of  permanent  implants,  typically  through  a  transurethral  outpatient 
procedure,  that  hold  the  prostate  lobes  apart  to  relieve  compression  on  the  urethra  without  cutting,  heating  or 
removing  prostate  tissue.  Our  Interventional  Urology  product  portfolio  is  most  heavily  weighted  in  our  Americas 
segment.

Respiratory:  Our  respiratory  products  are  used  in  a  variety  of  care  settings  and  primarily  consist  of  oxygen 
therapy  products. The  Respiratory  business  divestiture  included  products  marketed  under  the  Hudson  RCI  brand 
name  that  comprised  oxygen  therapy  products,  aerosol  therapy  products,  spirometry  products  and  ventilation 
management products.

Urology: Our urology product portfolio provides bladder management for patients in the hospital and individuals 
in  the  home  care  markets. The  product  portfolio  consists  principally  of  a  wide  range  of  catheters  (including  Foley 
and  intermittent),  urine  collectors,  catheterization  accessories  and  products  for  operative  endourology,  which  are 

6

marketed under the Teleflex and Rusch brand names. Our urology product portfolio is most heavily weighted in our 
EMEA segment.

OUR MARKETS

We generally serve three end-markets: hospitals and healthcare providers, medical device manufacturers and 
home  care.  These  markets  are  affected  by  a  number  of  factors,  including  demographics,  utilization  and 
reimbursement  patterns.  The  following  charts  depict  the  percentage  of  net  revenues  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 derived from each of our end markets:

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

We  are  subject  to  comprehensive  government  regulation  both  within  and  outside  the  U.S.  relating  to  the 

development, manufacture, sale and distribution of our products.

Regulation of Medical Devices in the U.S

All of our medical devices manufactured or distributed in the U.S. are subject to requirements set forth by the 
Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic Act  (“FDC Act”)  and  regulations  promulgated  by  the  FDA  under  the  FDC Act, 
which are enforced by the FDA. The FDA and, in some cases, other government agencies administer requirements 
for  the  methods  used  in,  and  the  facilities  and  controls  used  for,  the  design,  manufacture,  packaging,  labeling, 
storage, installation, servicing, marketing, importing and  exporting of all finished devices intended for human use. 
Additional FDA requirements include premarket clearance and approval, advertising and promotion, distribution and 
post-market surveillance of our medical devices and establishment of registration and device listing for our facilities.

Unless an exemption, pre-amendment grandfather status (that is, medical devices legally marketed in the U.S. 
before May 28, 1976) or FDA enforcement discretion applies, each medical device that we market in the U.S. must 
first  receive  either  clearance  as  a  Class  I  or,  typically,  a  Class  II  device  (after  submitting  a  premarket  notification 
(“510(k)”)  or  approval  as  a  Class  III  device  (after  filing  a  premarket  approval  application  (“PMA”))  from  the  FDA 
pursuant  to  the  FDC  Act.  To  obtain  510(k)  clearance,  a  manufacturer  must  demonstrate  to  the  FDA  that  the 
proposed device is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device (a 510(k)-cleared device, a pre-amendment 
device  for  which  FDA  has  not  called  for  PMAs  or  a  device  with  a  de  novo  authorization),  referred  to  as  the 
"predicate  device."  Substantial  equivalence  is  established  by  the  applicant  showing  that  the  proposed  device  has 
the same intended use as the predicate device, and it either has the same technological characteristics or has been 
shown  to  be  equally  safe  and  effective  and  does  not  raise  different  questions  of  safety  and  effectiveness  as 
compared to the predicate device. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process requires regulatory competence to execute 
and  usually  takes  four  to  nine  months,  but  it  can  last  longer. A  device  that  is  not  eligible  for  the  510(k)  process 
because there is no predicate device may be reviewed by the FDA through the de novo process (the process for 
granting  marketing  authorization  when  no  substantially  equivalent  device  exists)  if  the  FDA  agrees  it  is  a  low  to 
moderate risk device. A device that is not exempt from premarket review and is not eligible for 510(k) clearance or 
de novo authorization is categorized as Class III and must follow the PMA approval pathway, which requires proof of 
the  safety  and  effectiveness  of  the  device  to  the  FDA’s  satisfaction. The  process  of  obtaining  PMA  approval  also 
requires  specific  regulatory  competence  and  is  more  costly,  lengthy  and  uncertain  than  the  510(k)  or  de  novo 

7

processes.  The  PMA  process  generally  takes  from  one  to  three  years  or  even  longer.  Our  portfolio  of  existing 
products and pipeline of potential new products consist primarily of Class I (510(k) exempt) and Class II devices that 
require 510(k) clearance, although a few are 510(k)-exempt. In addition, certain modifications made to devices after 
they receive clearance or approval may require a new 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA or PMA supplement. 
We cannot be sure that 510(k) clearance or PMA approval will be obtained in a timely matter if at all for any device 
that we propose to market.

A  clinical  trial  is  almost  always  required  to  support  a  PMA  application  and  is  sometimes  required  for  a  510(k) 
clearance  or  a  de  novo  authorization.  The  sponsor  of  a  clinical  trial  must  comply  with  and  conduct  the  study  in 
accordance  with  the  applicable  federal  regulations,  including  FDA’s  requirements  for  investigational  device 
exemptions  (“IDE”)  requirements  and  good  clinical  practice  (“GCP”).  Clinical  trials  must  also  be  approved  by  an 
institutional review board ("IRB"), which is an appropriately constituted group that has been formally designated to 
review biomedical research involving human subjects and which has the authority to approve, require modifications 
to, or disapprove research to protect the rights, safety, and welfare of human research subjects. The FDA may order 
the  temporary  or  permanent  hold  or  discontinuation  of  a  clinical  trial  at  any  time,  or  impose  other  sanctions,  if  it 
believes  that  the  clinical  trial  either  is  not  being  conducted  in  accordance  with  FDA  requirements  or  presents  an 
unacceptable risk to the clinical trial subjects. An IRB may also require the clinical trial to be halted at a given clinical 
trial site for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements or to adequately ensure the protection of human subjects, 
or  may  impose  other  conditions.  Conducting  medical  device  clinical  trials  is  a  complex  and  costly  activity  and 
frequently  requires  the  use  of  outsourced  resources  that  specialize  in  planning,  conducting  and/or  monitoring  the 
clinical trial for the medical device manufacturer.

A  device  placed  on  the  market  must  comply  with  numerous  regulatory  requirements.  Those  regulatory 

requirements include, but are not limited to, the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

device listing and establishment registration;

adherence  to  the  Quality  System  Regulation  (“QSR”),  which  requires  stringent  design,  testing,  control, 
documentation, complaint handling and other quality assurance procedures;

labeling, including advertising and promotion, requirements;

prohibitions against the promotion of off-label uses or indications;

adverse event and malfunction reporting (Medical Device Reports or "MDRs");

post-approval  restrictions  or  conditions,  potentially  including  post-approval  clinical  trials  or  other  required 
testing;

post-market surveillance requirements;

the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can require or request the recall of products from the market; and

reporting and documentation of voluntary corrections or removals.

The FDA has issued final regulations regarding the Unique Device Identification (“UDI”) System, which requires 
manufacturers to label or mark certain medical devices and/or their packaging with unique identifiers. Although the 
FDA expects that the UDI System will help track products during recalls and improve patient safety, it has required 
us to make changes to our manufacturing and labeling, which could increase our costs. The UDI System is being 
implemented in stages based on device risk, with the first requirements having taken effect in September 2014 and 
the last taking effect in September 2022.

Certain of our medical devices are sold in kits that include a drug component, such as lidocaine. These types of 
kits  are  generally  regulated  as  combination  products  within  the  Center  for  Devices  and  Radiological  Health 
("CDRH") under the device regulations because the device provides the primary mode of action of the kit. Although 
the kit as a whole is regulated as a medical device, it may be subject to certain drug requirements such as current 
good  manufacturing  practices  (“cGMPs”)  and  adverse  drug  experience  reporting  requirements,  to  the  extent 
applicable to the drug-component repackaging activities and subject to inspection to verify compliance with cGMPs 
as well as other regulatory requirements.

Our manufacturing facilities, as well as those of certain of our suppliers, are subject to periodic and for-cause 
inspections  by  FDA  personnel  to  verify  compliance  with  the  QSR  (21  CFR  Part  820)  as  well  as  other  regulatory 
requirements.  Similar  inspections  and  audits  are  performed  by  Notified  Bodies  to  verify  compliance  to  applicable 
ISO  standards  (e.g.  ISO  13485:2016),  by  auditing  organizations  under  the  Medical  Device  Single Audit  Program 

8

("MDSAP")  applicable  to  regulatory  requirements  of  Australia,  Brazil,  Canada,  Japan  and  the  U.S.,  and/or  by 
regulatory authorities to verify compliance with medical device regulations and requirements from the countries in 
which we distribute product. If the FDA were to find that we or certain of our suppliers have failed to comply with 
applicable regulations, it could institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from issuance of a warning or 
untitled  letter  to  more  severe  sanctions,  such  as  product  recalls  or  seizures,  civil  penalties,  consent  decrees, 
injunctions, criminal prosecution, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, refusal to 
permit  importation  or  exportation,  refusal  to  grant,  or  delays  in  granting,  clearances  or  approvals  or  withdrawal  or 
suspension  of  existing  clearances  or  approvals.  The  FDA  also  has  the  authority  under  certain  circumstances  to 
request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us. Any of 
these actions could have an adverse effect on our business. 

Regulation of Medical Devices Outside of the U.S.

Medical  device  laws  also  are  in  effect  in  many  of  the  markets  outside  of  the  U.S.  in  which  we  do  business. 
These laws range from comprehensive device approval requirements for some or all of our products to requests for 
product data or certifications. Inspection of and controls over manufacturing, as well as monitoring of device-related 
adverse events, are components of most of these regulatory systems. Manufacturing certification requirements and 
audits through the MDSAP program or other regulatory authority inspections also apply. In addition, the European 
Union (“EU”) has adopted the EU Medical Device Regulation (the “EU MDR”), which imposes stricter requirements 
for the marketing and sale of medical devices (as compared to the predecessor Medical Device Directive (the "EU 
MDD")),  including  in  the  area  of  clinical  evaluation  requirements,  quality  systems,  economic  operators  and  post-
market surveillance. The EU MDR went into effect in May 2021. As of the effective date, new and modified devices 
must  be  certified  under,  and  be  compliant  with,  the  EU  MDR.  Devices  that  previously  satisfied  EU  MDD 
requirements  can  continue  to  be  marketed  in  the  EU,  subject  to  certain  limitations,  until  the  expiration  of  their 
current EU MDD certifications, which may be no later than May 2024. Failure to obtain EU MDR certifications prior 
to  the  expiration  of  existing  EU  MDD  certifications  may  limit  our  ability  to  sell  certain  products  in  the  EU  until  EU 
MDR  certification  is  obtained. Additionally,  certain  EU  MDR  requirements  will  go  into  effect  for  all  devices  in  May 
2024.  Failure  to  meet  the  applicable  EU  MDR  requirements  could  adversely  impact  our  business  in  the  EU  and 
other regions that tie their product registrations to the EU requirements.

Healthcare Laws

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws in the U.S. targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare 
industry. These laws prohibit us from, among other things, soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration 
to induce the referral or use of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federally or state 
financed  healthcare  programs.  Violations  of  these  laws  are  punishable  by  imprisonment,  criminal  fines,  civil 
monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, we are subject to 
federal and state false claims laws in the U.S. that prohibit the submission of false payment claims under Medicare, 
Medicaid or other federally or state funded programs. Certain marketing practices, such as off-label promotion, and 
violations of federal anti-kickback laws may also constitute violations of these laws.

In  addition,  we  are  subject  to  various  federal  and  state  reporting  and  disclosure  requirements  related  to  the 
healthcare  industry.  Rules  issued  by  the  Centers  for  Medicare  &  Medicaid  Services  ("CMS")  require  us  to  collect 
and report information on payments or transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as investment 
interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Effective January 2022, we are also required to 
collect and report information on payments or transfers of value to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical 
nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists and certified nurse-midwives. The reported data is available 
to the public on the CMS website. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties. In 
addition,  several  states  now  require  medical  device  companies  to  report  expenses  relating  to  the  marketing  and 
promotion of device products and to report gifts and payments to individual physicians in these states. Other states 
prohibit  various  other  marketing-related  activities.  The  federal  government  and  certain  other  states  require  the 
posting  of  information  relating  to  clinical  studies  and  their  outcomes.  The  shifting  commercial  compliance 
environment  and  the  need  to  build  and  maintain  robust  and  expandable  systems  to  comply  with  the  different 
compliance  and/or  reporting  requirements  among  a  number  of  jurisdictions  increases  the  possibility  that  a 
healthcare  company  may  violate  one  or  more  of  the  requirements,  resulting  in  increased  compliance  costs  that 
could adversely impact our results of operations.

Further,  the  Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Health  Care  and  Education 
Reconciliation  Act  (collectively,  the  “Affordable  Care  Act”),  imposed  regulatory  mandates  and  other  measures 
designed  to  contain  the  cost  of  healthcare,  in  addition  to  annual  reporting  and  disclosure  requirements  on  device 

9

manufacturers for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to physicians or teaching hospitals. Violations of these 
laws are punishable by a range of fines, penalties and other sanctions.

Other Regulatory Requirements

We  are  also  subject  to  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  and  similar  anti-bribery  laws  applicable  in 
jurisdictions outside the U.S. that generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from improperly offering or 
paying  anything  of  value  to  non-U.S.  government  officials  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  retaining  business. 
Because  of  the  predominance  of  government-sponsored  healthcare  systems  around  the  world,  most  of  our 
customer  relationships  outside  of  the  U.S.  are  with  government  entities  and  are  therefore  subject  to  such  anti-
bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world 
that have experienced government corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances, strict compliance with 
anti-bribery  laws  may  conflict  with  local  customs  and  practices.  In  the  sale,  delivery  and  servicing  of  our  medical 
devices and software outside of the U.S., we must also comply with various export control and trade embargo laws 
and  regulations,  including  those  administered  by  the  Department  of  Treasury’s  Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control 
(“OFAC”) and the Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”) which may require licenses or 
other authorizations for transactions relating to certain countries and/or with certain individuals identified by the U.S. 
government. Despite our global trade and compliance program, our internal control policies and procedures may not 
always  protect  us  from  reckless  or  criminal  acts  committed  by  our  employees,  distributors  or  other  agents. 
Violations  of  these  requirements  are  punishable  by  criminal  or  civil  sanctions,  including  substantial  fines  and 
imprisonment.

COMPETITION

The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many companies, ranging from small start-
up enterprises to companies that are larger and more established than us and have access to significantly greater 
financial  resources.  Furthermore,  extensive  product  research  and  development  and  rapid  technological  advances 
characterize  the  market  in  which  we  compete.  We  must  continue  to  develop  and  acquire  new  products  and 
technologies for our businesses to remain competitive. We believe that we compete primarily on the basis of clinical 
superiority and innovative features that enhance patient benefit, product reliability, performance, customer and sales 
support, and cost-effectiveness. 

SALES AND MARKETING

Our  product  sales  are  made  directly  to  hospitals,  healthcare  providers,  distributors  and  to  original  equipment 
manufacturers  of  medical  devices  through  our  own  sales  forces,  independent  representatives  and  independent 
distributor networks.

BACKLOG

Most of our products are sold to hospitals or healthcare providers on orders calling for delivery within a few days 
or  weeks,  with  longer  order  times  for  products  sold  to  medical  device  manufacturers.  Therefore,  our  backlog  of 
orders is not indicative of revenues to be anticipated in any future 12-month period.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

We  own  a  portfolio  of  patents,  patents  pending  and  trademarks.  We  also  license  various  patents  and 
trademarks. Patents for individual products extend for varying periods based upon the date of patent filing or grant 
and  the  legal  term  of  patents  in  the  various  countries  where  patent  protection  is  obtained. Trademark  rights  may 
potentially extend for longer periods of time and are dependent upon national laws and use of the marks. All product 
names throughout this document are trademarks owned by, or licensed to, us or our subsidiaries. Although these 
have been of value and are expected to continue to be of value in the future, we do not consider any single patent 
or trademark, except for the Teleflex name and the Arrow and UroLift brands, to be essential to the operation of our 
business.

SUPPLIERS AND MATERIALS

Materials  used  in  the  manufacture  and  sterilization  of  our  products  are  purchased  from  a  large  number  of 
suppliers in diverse geographic locations. We are not dependent on any single supplier for a substantial amount of 
the materials used, the components supplied and the sterilization services provided for our overall operations. Most 
of  the  materials,  components  and  sterilization  services  we  utilize  are  available  from  multiple  sources,  and  where 
practical, we attempt to identify alternative suppliers. However, our ability to establish alternate sources of supply of 
materials  and  sterilization  services  may  be  delayed  due  to  FDA  and  other  regulatory  authority  requirements 

10

regarding  the  manufacture  and  sterilization  of  our  products.  Volatility  in  commodity  prices,  and  freight  costs,  can 
have a significant impact on the cost of producing and supplying certain of our products.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

We are engaged in both internal and external research and development. Our research and development efforts 
support our strategic objectives to provide innovative new, safe and effective products that enhance clinical value by 
reducing infections, improving patient and clinician safety, enhancing patient outcomes and enabling less invasive 
procedures. 

We  also  acquire  or  license  products  and  technologies  that  are  consistent  with  our  strategic  objectives  and 

enhance our ability to provide a full range of product and service options to our customers.

SEASONALITY

Portions of our revenues are subject to seasonal fluctuations. Incidence of flu and other disease patterns and, to 
to  single-use 
lesser  extent, 

a 
products. Historically, we have experienced higher sales in the fourth quarter as a result of these factors.

frequency  of  elective  medical  procedures  affect  revenues  related 

the 

HUMAN CAPITAL RESOURCES

As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  employed  approximately  14,000  employees,  including  4,000  employees  in  the 
U.S. and 10,000 employees in 31 other countries around the world. Our manufacturing employees make up 58% of 
the  total  employee  population  and  are  located  primarily  in  Mexico,  Malaysia  and  the  Czech  Republic.  Our 
commercial organization comprises 25% of the employee base, located throughout the globe. The remaining 17% 
of employees work in various corporate functions, based in each of our locations. 

We believe our employees are a significant differentiating factor and play a critical role in our ability to deliver on 
our commitments to patients and execute our strategy to our customers and shareholders. Our management team 
places  significant  focus  and  attention  to  matters  affecting  our  people,  particularly  our  commitment  to  our  Core 
Values, capability development, total rewards and diversity, as well as how each employee experiences our culture. 

Culture

The culture of our organization is critical to the human capital we attract, develop and retain and who, in turn, 
contribute to the results and success of our organization. Our culture is framed by our Core Values – building trust, 
entrepreneurial spirit and making our workplace fun, with people at the center of all we do. We strive to develop and 
sustain  our  culture  by  embedding  these  values  in  all  aspects  of  our  organization,  including  our  human  capital 
strategies. 

Talent Management, Development and Learning 

We  are  committed  to  providing  our  employees  with  opportunities  for  growth,  development  and  career 
advancement  and  to  building  a  high-performance  culture  that  supports  our  Core  Values  throughout  the  employee 
lifecycle.  We  have  implemented  a  talent  management  process  that  provides  regular  coaching  check-ins  between 
employees and their managers to review the employee’s developmental objectives and career progression. We also 
regularly review our talent portfolio and succession plans to ensure we can deliver on our company strategy.

In  addition,  we  offer  a  number  of  internal  educational  and  training  resources  to  employees  throughout  our 
organization. Among these resources is the Teleflex Academy, a curriculum that provides learning opportunities for 
our  employees  to  further  develop  their  skills  and  receive  training  across  broad  subject  areas  such  as  leadership; 
communications; diversity, equity and inclusion; sales; customer service; and business acumen. We have recently 
implemented a diversity, equity and inclusion development program for all of our people managers within Teleflex to 
support our employees and continue to drive a culture of inclusion. Additionally, we provide support opportunities for 
diverse candidates through our Global Coaching and Mentoring Programs.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

We  believe  that  diversity,  equity,  and  inclusion  (DEI)  drives  value  for  employees,  patients,  customers  and 
shareholders  by  engaging  a  broad  range  of  perspectives  and  experiences  to  enrich  our  offering  to  these 
communities. We are continuing to cultivate this diversity through the efforts of our Corporate DEI Council and four 
regional  DEI  councils  (North  America,  Latin  America,  EMEA  and  APAC),  whose  goals  include  supporting  the 
attraction, development and retention of diverse employees in alignment with our Core Values. 

11

One pillar of our DEI platform includes sponsoring our globally expanding Employee Resource Groups (ERGs), 
which we initiated with Women Inspiring Learning and Leadership in 2016, and have expanded to include several 
other  ERGs  across  our  geographic  regions.  Examples  of  new  initiatives  in  2021  include  the  establishment  of  a 
women,  parents  and  caregiver  support  group  in  our  EMEA  region  and  a  young  professional  support  group  in  our 
APAC region. Our ERGs are managed by employees and participation is open to all. 

In  our  efforts  to  provide  a  diverse  slate  of  candidates  to  our  hiring  managers,  we  deploy  several  recruitment 
channels to source talent from a variety of organizations including multiple social media outlets, co-op placement, 
local  universities  and  technology  institutes.  We  also  work  with  numerous  external  recruiting  firms  that  focus  on 
diverse candidates and work to ensure diverse interviewing panels whenever possible. 

Total Rewards

We  actively  manage  our  global  compensation  and  benefit  programs  to  ensure  we  can  attract  and  retain  the 
critical  human  capital  we  need  to  continue  to  deliver  on  our  commitments  to  employees,  customers,  patients  and 
shareholders. We believe our compensation offering is aligned to competitive market pay levels and, along with our 
culture  and  Core  Values,  acts  to  incentivize  the  right  behaviors  and  actions  to  achieve  the  best  results  for  the 
organization. We structure our compensation to include a mix of pay components of base salary, short-term cash 
incentives  and  long-term  incentives.  We  offer  our  employees  health,  welfare  and  retirement  benefits  and  have 
implemented  policies  addressing  paid  time  off,  flexible  work  schedules,  employee  assistance,  parental  leave  and 
family benefits, among others.  

In 2021, we engaged external consultants to perform an in-depth pay equity analysis on the pay practices within 

our organization. No systemic gender or ethnicity bias was identified within our compensation programs. 

Environmental, Health and Safety

Our Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) vision is to protect the safety and health of Teleflex personnel and 
the  environments  in  which  we  operate.  We  have  a  vested  interest  in  protecting  our  most  valuable  assets  –  our 
employees. Everyone is a steward of EHS, fostering a culture of being actively responsible in all our operations. We 
remain fully committed to complying with all relevant EHS legislation and to achieving our vision. We have and will 
continue  to  expend  resources  to  construct,  maintain,  operate  and  improve  our  facilities  across  the  globe  for 
environmental, health, safety and sustainability of our operations. For example, in response to the risks associated 
with  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  have  expended  resources  to  implement  various  safety  measures,  including 
implementing  social  distancing  protocols  and  expanding  personal  protective  equipment  availability  and  usage, 
across our facilities globally in an effort to protect the health and safety of our employees and others. Further, we 
understand that our environment is both complex and delicate, and we prioritize managing and limiting the impact 
our business has on the environment as part of our Zero Harm Culture. In response to protecting the environment, 
we have initiated programs to track and lower our consumption of energy, water and gas as well as reduce waste 
and  the  use  of  hazardous  materials.  In  addition,  we  have  developed  an  EHS  program  focused  in  the  areas  of 
training our personnel with respect to, deploying and auditing global EHS standards as well as other programs to 
engage our employees on EHS initiatives.

ENVIRONMENTAL

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations both within and outside the U.S. Our operations, 
like those of other medical device companies, involve the use of substances regulated under environmental laws, 
primarily  in  manufacturing  and  sterilization  processes.  While  we  continue  to  devote  resources  to  compliance  with 
existing  environmental  laws  and  regulations,  we  cannot  ensure  that  our  costs  of  complying  with  current  or  future 
environmental  protection,  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations  will  not  exceed  our  estimates  or  will  not  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Further, we cannot 
ensure that we will not be subject to environmental claims for personal injury or cleanup in the future based on our 
past, present or future business activities.

INVESTOR INFORMATION

We  are  subject  to  the  reporting  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the 
“Exchange  Act”).  Therefore,  we  file  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and 
information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

You can access financial and other information about us in the Investors section of our website, which can be 
accessed at www.teleflex.com. We make available through our website, free of charge, copies of our annual report 

12

on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed 
with or furnished to the SEC under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable 
after  electronically  filing  or  furnishing  such  material  to  the  SEC. The  information  on  our  website  is  not  part  of  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. The reference to our website address is intended to be an inactive textual reference 
only.

We are a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1943. Our executive offices are located at 550 East Swedesford 

Road, Suite 400, Wayne, PA 19087.

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The  names  and  ages  of  our  executive  officers  and  the  positions  and  offices  held  by  each  such  officer  are  as 

follows:

Name
Liam J. Kelly

Thomas E. Powell

Cameron P. Hicks

Daniel V. Logue

Jay White
James Winters

Age
55

60

57

48

48
49

Positions and Offices with Company
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Corporate Vice President, Human Resources and Communications

Corporate Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Corporate Vice President and President, Global Commercial
Corporate Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain

Mr. Kelly has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2018 and has been Chairman of 
our Board of Directors since May 2020. From May 2016 to December 31, 2017, Mr. Kelly served as our President 
and  Chief  Operating  Officer.  From  April  2015  to  April  2016,  he  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief 
Operating  Officer.  From  April  2014  to  April  2015,  Mr.  Kelly  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  President, 
Americas. From June 2012 to April 2014 Mr. Kelly served as Executive Vice President and President, International.  
He  also  has  held  several  positions  with  regard  to  our  EMEA  segment,  including  President  from  June  2011  to 
June  2012,  Executive  Vice  President  from  November  2009  to  June  2011,  and  Vice  President  of  Marketing  from 
April  2009  to  November  2009.  Prior  to  joining Teleflex,  Mr.  Kelly  held  various  senior  level  positions  with  Hill-Rom 
Holdings,  Inc.,  a  medical  device  company,  from  October  2002  to  April  2009,  serving  as  its  Vice  President  of 
International Marketing and R&D from August 2006 to February 2009.

Mr.  Powell  has  been  our  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  February  2013.  From 
March 2012 to February 2013, Mr. Powell was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He joined Teleflex 
in  August  2011  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Global  Finance.  Prior  to  joining  Teleflex,  Mr.  Powell  served  as  Chief 
Financial  Officer  and  Treasurer  of  Tomotherapy  Incorporated,  a  medical  device  company,  from  June  2009  until 
June  2011.  In  2008,  he  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Textura  Corporation,  a  software  provider.  From 
April 2001 until January 2008, Mr. Powell was employed by Midway Games, Inc., a software provider, serving as its 
Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Treasurer  from  September  2001  until  January  2008. 
Mr. Powell has also held leadership positions with Dade Behring, Inc., PepsiCo, Bain & Company, Tenneco Inc. and 
Arthur Andersen & Company.

Mr.  Hicks  has  been  our  Corporate  Vice  President,  Human  Resources  and  Communications  since April  2013.  
Prior  to  joining  Teleflex,  Mr.  Hicks  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  of  Human  Resources  &  Organizational 
Effectiveness  for  Harlan  Laboratories,  Inc.,  a  private  global  provider  of  pre-clinical  and  non-clinical  research 
services, from July 2010 to March 2013.  From April 1990 to January 2010, Mr. Hicks held various leadership roles 
with MDS Inc., a provider of products and services for the development of drugs and the diagnosis and treatment of 
disease,  including  Senior  Vice  President  of  Human  Resources  for  MDS’  global  Pharma  Services  division  from 
November 2000 to January 2010.

Mr.  Logue  has  been  our  Corporate  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary  since  January  2021.  Mr. 
Logue joined Teleflex in 2004 and previously held the positions of Deputy General Counsel from February 2017 to 
December 2020, Associate General Counsel from March 2013 to January 2017 and Assistant General Counsel from 
June  2004  to  February  2013.  Prior  to  joining  Teleflex,  Mr.  Logue  was  an  associate  at  the  law  firm  of  Pepper 
Hamilton LLP (now Troutman Pepper Hamilton Sanders LLP) from September 1999 to June 2004.

Mr.  White  has  been  our  Corporate  Vice  President  and  President,  Global  Commercial  since  February  2021. 
From February 2017 to January 2021, Mr. White served as our President, The Americas, and from December 2013 
to January 2017 he served as President and General Manager, Vascular. From January 2013 to November 2013, 

13

Mr. White served as our President and General Manager, Surgical. Prior to that, he served as our Vice President 
and General Manager, Surgical from January 2010 to December 2012. Mr. White joined Teleflex in March 2005 as 
our  Director  of  Marketing,  North America.  Prior  to  joining  Teleflex,  Mr.  White  worked  at  Covidien  plc  (now  part  of 
Medtronic plc) where he held senior leadership positions in sales and marketing over a five-year period.

Mr. Winters has been our Corporate Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain since February 2020. He 
previously  held  the  position  of  Vice  President,  Global  Manufacturing  from  March  2018  to  January  2020.  Prior  to 
joining Teleflex, Mr. Winters held various senior management and operational roles with the DePuy Synthes division 
of  Johnson  &  Johnson,  a  healthcare  company,  from  August  2005  to  February  2018.  Most  recently,  Mr.  Winters 
served as Vice President of Global Manufacturing for Global Joint Reconstruction for DePuy Synthes from February 
2015  to  February  2018.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Winters  served  as  Plant  Manager  for  the  DePuy  Synthes  Ireland 
Manufacturing Operation.

Our officers are elected annually by our board of directors. Each officer serves at the discretion of the board.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider 
the  following  factors  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations,  cash  flows  or  stock  price.  The  risks  below  are  not  the  only  risks  we  face.  Additional  risks  and 
uncertainties  not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem  to  be  immaterial  may  also  adversely  affect  our 
business, financial condition, results of operations or stock price.

Risks Relating to our Business and Operations

We  face  strong  competition.  Our  failure  to  successfully  develop  and  market  new  products  could 

adversely affect our business.

The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many domestic and foreign medical device 
companies  ranging  from  small  start-up  enterprises  that  might  sell  only  a  single  or  limited  number  of  competitive 
products or compete only in a specific market segment, to companies that are larger and more established than us, 
have  a  broad  range  of  competitive  products,  participate  in  numerous  markets  and  have  access  to  significantly 
greater financial and marketing resources than we do.

In  addition,  the  medical  device  industry  is  characterized  by  extensive  product  research  and  development  and 
rapid technological advances. The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to design and 
manufacture  new  competitive  products  and  enhance  existing  products.  Our  product  development  efforts  may 
require us to make substantial investments. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully develop 
new  products,  enhance  existing  products  or  achieve  market  acceptance  of  our  products,  due  to,  among  other 
things, our inability to:

•

identify viable new products;

• maintain sufficient liquidity to fund our investments in research and development and product acquisitions;

•

•

•

obtain adequate intellectual property protection;

gain market acceptance of new products; or

successfully obtain regulatory approvals.

In  addition,  our  competitors  currently  may  be  developing,  or  may  develop  in  the  future,  products  that  provide 
better features, clinical outcomes or economic value than those that we currently offer or subsequently develop. Our 
failure  to  successfully  develop  and  market  new  products  or  enhance  existing  products  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by public health epidemics, 

including the ongoing COVID-19 global health pandemic.

We are subject to risks associated with public health threats, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. The 
COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted economic activity and markets around the world and has negatively 
impacted our operations, financial performance and cash flows. Because the severity, magnitude, and duration of 
the COVID-19 pandemic and its economic consequences are uncertain, rapidly changing and difficult to predict, the 
pandemic’s impact on our operations and financial performance, as well as its impact on our ability to execute our 
business  strategies  and  initiatives  successfully,  remains  uncertain  and  difficult  to  predict.  Further,  the  ultimate 

14

impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and financial performance depends on many factors that are 
not within our control, including, but not limited, to: governmental, business and individuals’ actions that have been 
and  continue  to  be  taken  in  response  to  the  pandemic  (including  restrictions  on  travel,  transport  and  workforce 
pressures, and deferrals or postponements of elective procedures); the impact of the pandemic and actions taken in 
response on global and regional economies, travel and economic activity; the availability of federal, state, local or 
non-U.S.  funding  programs;  general  economic  uncertainty  in  key  global  markets  and  financial  market  volatility; 
global  economic  conditions  and  levels  of  economic  growth;  and  the  timing  and  pace  of  recovery  when  the 
COVID-19 pandemic subsides, which could be impacted by a number of factors, including limited provider capacity 
to perform procedures using our products that were deferred as a result of the pandemic.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  subjected,  and  is  expected  to  continue  to  subject,  our  operations,  financial 

performance and financial condition to a number of risks, including, but not limited to those discussed below:

•

•

•

It has resulted, and we expect it will continue to result, in lower revenues in certain of our product categories, 
including  our  interventional  urology  (which  revenues  are  primarily  concentrated  in  our  Americas  segment), 
surgical,  interventional,  anesthesia  and  OEM  product  categories,  in  which  we  sell  products  largely  utilized  in 
elective procedures, which have been significantly reduced or suspended due to the pandemic.

It has resulted in higher revenues in our respiratory and vascular access product categories.  However, we are 
unable to predict how long this increased demand will last or how significant it will be.

It has caused and may continue to cause disruptions in the manufacture of our products. We rely on our major 
manufacturing  operations  located  in  the  Czech  Republic,  Malaysia,  Mexico  and  the  U.S.,  to  manufacture  our 
products.  The  COVID-19  pandemic,  and/or  the  governmental  or  regulatory  actions  taken  in  response  to 
COVID-19  pandemic,  may  interfere  with  our  ability,  or  that  of  our  employees  or  suppliers  to  perform  our  and 
their respective responsibilities and obligations relative to the conduct of our business and create a risk to our 
ability to manufacture our products in a timely manner, or at all. We have experienced and expect to continue to 
experience  inefficiencies  in  our  manufacturing  operations  due  to  government-mandated  and  self-imposed 
restrictions  placed  on  facilities  in  certain  locations  primarily  in  North America  and Asia. Additionally,  we  have 
experienced  and  continue  to  experience  a  higher  than  normal  level  of  absenteeism  across  our  global 
manufacturing sites. In an effort to increase the wider availability of needed medical device products, we may 
elect  to,  or  the  government  may  require  us  to,  allocate  manufacturing  capacity  (for  example,  pursuant  to  the 
U.S. Defense Production Act) in a way that adversely affects our regular operations and financial results, results 
in differential treatment of customers and/or adversely affects our customer relationships and reputation.

• While  we  have  not  experienced  significant  payment  defaults  by,  or  identified  other  significant  collectability 
concerns  with,  our  customers  to  date,  we  may  be  adversely  impacted  by  delays  in  payments  of  outstanding 
receivables  if  our  customers  experience  financial  difficulties  or  are  unable  to  borrow  money  to  fund  their 
operations, which may adversely impact their ability to pay for our products on a timely basis, if at all.

•

•

•

The COVID-19 pandemic, including related illness, border closures, travel restrictions, quarantines, lockdowns 
or  other  workforce  disruptions,  has  generally  had  an  adverse  effect  on  macroeconomic  conditions  across  the 
globe. Accordingly,  this  has  impacted  various  aspects  of  our  global  supply  chain,  including  causing  logistical 
transport challenges for our freight transport providers, and has resulted in cost inflation. While we have not yet 
experienced significant disruptions in the global supply chain for our products that are in high demand, we have 
in some cases experienced lengthened delivery times, resulting in backorders for some of our products. These 
disruptions, or our failure to respond to them, could increase manufacturing or distribution costs or cause further 
delays in delivering, or an inability to deliver, products to our customers.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  increased  volatility  and  pricing  in  the  capital  markets,  and  volatility  is  likely  to 
continue. We might not be able to continue to access preferred sources of liquidity when we would like, and our 
borrowing costs could increase.

As  a  U.S.  federal  government  contractor,  we  are  subject  to  a  federal  executive  order  requiring  our  U.S. 
employees  to  be  vaccinated  unless  they  qualify  for  medical  or  religious  exemptions.  The  order  has  been 
challenged in court, and its ultimate status and impact on our business is uncertain. However, this requirement 
or  other  future  vaccine  mandates  could  adversely  affect  our  workforce  retention  and  hiring,  which  may 
adversely  affect  our  business  and  results  of  operations,  including  through  the  disruption  of  our  manufacturing 
and distribution operations.

These and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, or other pandemics or epidemics, could have the effect of 
heightening many of the other risks described herein. We might not be able to predict or respond to all impacts on a 
timely  basis  to  prevent  near-  or  long-term  adverse  impacts  to  our  results.  However,  these  effects  could  have  an 

15

adverse impact on our liquidity, capital resources, operations and business and those of the third parties on which 
we rely, and such impact could be material.

Our  customers  depend  on  third  party  coverage  and  reimbursements,  and  the  failure  of  healthcare 
programs  to  provide  sufficient  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  our  medical  products  could  adversely 
affect us.

The  ability  of  our  customers  to  obtain  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  our  products  is  important  to  our 
business.  Demand  for  many  of  our  existing  and  new  medical  products  is,  and  will  continue  to  be,  affected  by  the 
extent to which government healthcare programs and private health insurers reimburse our customers for patients’ 
medical  expenses  in  the  countries  where  we  do  business.  Even  when  we  develop  or  acquire  a  promising  new 
product,  demand  for  the  product  may  be  limited  unless  reimbursement  approval  is  obtained  from  private  and 
government  third  party  payors.  Internationally,  healthcare  reimbursement  systems  vary  significantly.  In  some 
countries,  medical  centers  are  constrained  by  fixed  budgets,  regardless  of  the  volume  and  nature  of  patient 
treatment.  Other  countries  require  application  for,  and  approval  of,  government  or  third  party  reimbursement. 
Without  both  favorable  coverage  determinations  by,  and  the  financial  support  of,  government  and  third  party 
insurers,  the  market  for  many  of  our  medical  products  would  be  adversely  affected.  In  this  regard,  we  cannot  be 
sure that third party payors will maintain the current level of coverage and reimbursement to our customers for use 
of  our  existing  products. Adverse  coverage  determinations,  including  reductions  in  the  amount  of  reimbursement, 
could harm our business by discouraging customers’ selection of, and reducing the prices they are willing to pay for, 
our products.

In  addition,  as  a  result  of  their  purchasing  power,  third  party  payors  have  implemented  and  are  continuing  to 
implement  cost  cutting  measures  such  as  seeking  discounts,  price  reductions  or  other  incentives  from  medical 
products  suppliers  and  imposing  limitations  on  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  medical  technologies  and 
procedures. These trends could compel us to reduce prices for our products and could cause a decrease in the size 
of the market or a potential increase in competition that could negatively affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.

We are subject to extensive government regulation, which may require us to incur significant expenses 
to ensure compliance. Our failure to comply with those regulations could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our  products  are  medical  devices  and  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  in  the  U.S.  by  the  FDA  and  by 
comparable government agencies in other countries. The regulations govern, among other things, the development, 
design,  clinical  testing,  premarket  clearance  and  approval,  manufacturing,  labeling,  importing  and  exporting  and 
sale and marketing of many of our products. Moreover, these regulations are subject to future change. 

In the U.S., before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, or claim for, or significant modification 
to, an existing product, we generally must first receive either 510(k) clearance or de novo authorization or approval 
of  a  premarket  approval  application,  or  PMA,  from  the  FDA.  Similarly,  most  major  markets  for  medical  devices 
outside  the  U.S.  also  require  clearance,  approval,  authorization  or  compliance  with  certain  standards  before  a 
product  can  be  commercially  marketed.  In  the  EU,  the  EU  MDR  went  into  effect  in  May  2021  and  includes 
significant  additional  pre-  and  post-market  requirements.  The  process  of  obtaining  regulatory  clearances  and 
approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA and certain foreign government authorities, can be 
costly and time consuming, and clearances and approvals might not be granted for new products on a timely basis, 
if  at  all.  In  addition,  once  a  device  has  been  cleared  or  approved,  a  new  clearance  or  approval  may  be  required 
before the device may be modified or its labeling changed. Furthermore, the FDA or a foreign government authority 
may  make  its  review  and  clearance  or  approval  process  more  rigorous,  which  could  require  us  to  generate 
additional  clinical  or  other  data,  and  expend  more  time  and  effort,  in  obtaining  future  product  clearances  or 
approvals. The regulatory clearance and approval process may result in, among other things, delayed realization of 
product revenues, substantial additional costs or limitations on indicated uses of products, any one of which could 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Even  after  a  product  has 
received marketing approval or clearance, such product approval or clearance can be withdrawn or limited due to 
unforeseen  problems  with  the  device  or  issues  relating  to  its  application,  or  the  FDA  or  a  foreign  government 
authority  may  change  the  classification  of  a  product,  which  could  require  additional  clinical  studies  and  new 
marketing submissions.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could lead to adverse effects on our business, which could include:

•

partial suspension or total shutdown of manufacturing;

16

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

product shortages;

delays in product manufacturing;

warning or untitled letters;

fines or civil penalties;

delays in or restrictions on obtaining new regulatory clearances or approvals;

withdrawal or suspension of required clearances, approvals or licenses;

product seizures or recalls;

injunctions;

criminal prosecution;

advisories or other field actions;

operating restrictions; and

prohibitions against exporting of products to, or importing products from, countries outside the U.S.

We could be required to expend significant financial and human resources to remediate failures to comply with 
applicable regulations and quality assurance guidelines. In addition, civil and criminal penalties, including exclusion 
under Medicaid or Medicare, could result from certain regulatory violations. Any one or more of these events could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Medical devices are cleared or approved for one or more specific intended uses and performance claims must 
be  adequately  substantiated.  Promoting  a  device  for  a  use  outside  of  the  cleared  or  approved  intended  use  or 
population,  that  is,  an  off-label  use,  or  making  false,  misleading  or  unsubstantiated  claims  could  result  in 
government enforcement action.

Furthermore,  our  facilities  are  subject  to  periodic  inspection  by  the  FDA  and  other  federal,  state  and  foreign 
government authorities, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations, including 
the FDA’s Quality System Regulation ("QSR"), which requires, among other things, periodic audits, design controls, 
quality  control  testing  and  documentation  procedures,  as  well  as  complaint  evaluations  and  investigation.  In 
addition,  any  facilities  assembling  kits  that  include  drug  components  and  are  registered  as  drug  repackaging 
establishments  are  also  subject  to  current  good  manufacturing  practices  requirements  for  drugs.  The  FDA  also 
requires  the  reporting  of  certain  adverse  events  and  product  malfunctions  and  requires  the  reporting  of  certain 
recalls  or  other  field  safety  corrective  actions  for  medical  devices.  Issues  identified  through  such  inspections  and 
reports  may  result  in  FDA  enforcement  action  through  any  of  the  actions  discussed  above.  Moreover,  issues 
identified through such inspections and reports may require significant resources to resolve.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse laws, regulation and enforcement; our failure to comply 

with those laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the 
governments of those states and foreign countries in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our 
ability to operate include:

•

•

•

•

the federal healthcare anti-kickback statute, which, among other things, prohibits persons from knowingly and 
willfully offering or paying remuneration, one purpose of which is to induce either the referral of an individual for, 
or  the  purchase,  order  or  recommendation  of,  any  good  or  service  for  which  payment  may  be  made  under 
federal  healthcare  programs  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  or  soliciting  payment  for  such  referrals, 
purchases, orders and recommendations;

federal false claims laws which, among other things, prohibit individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or 
causing  to  be  presented,  false  or  fraudulent  claims  for  payment  from  the  federal  government,  including 
Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors;

the  federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and Accountability Act  of  1996  (“HIPAA”),  which  prohibits  schemes  to 
defraud any healthcare benefit program and false statements relating to healthcare matters; and

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may 
apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other government regulations, we may 
be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our 

17

operations,  the  exclusion  from  participation  in  federal  and  state  healthcare  programs  and  imprisonment  of 
personnel, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk 
of  our  being  found  to  have  violated  these  laws  is  increased  by  the  fact  that  many  of  them  have  not  been  fully 
interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations.

Further,  the  Affordable  Care  Act  imposed  annual  reporting  and  disclosure  requirements  on  device 
manufacturers for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to physicians or teaching hospitals. Effective January 
2021, we are required to collect and report information on payments or transfers of value to physician assistants, 
nurse  practitioners,  clinical  nurse  specialists,  certified  registered  nurse  anesthetists  (including  anesthesiology 
assistants) and certified nurse-midwives. The reported information is made publicly available in a searchable format. 
In addition, device manufacturers are required to report and disclose any ownership or investment interests held by 
physicians  and  their  immediate  family  members  during  the  preceding  calendar  year.  Failure  to  submit  required 
information  may  result  in  civil  monetary  penalties  for  each  payment,  transfer  of  value  or  ownership  or  investment 
interests not reported in an annual submission, up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of 
$1 million per year for “knowing failures”).

There  are  also  certain  states,  including  Connecticut,  Massachusetts,  and  Vermont,  that  require  device 
manufacturers  to  track  and  report  payments  or  transfers  of  value  provided  to  certain  health  care  providers  and 
health care entities. In addition, some states, such as California, Connecticut, Nevada and Massachusetts, mandate 
implementation of compliance programs that include the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation for consulting 
and  other  services,  and  other  remuneration  to  healthcare  providers.  The  shifting  commercial  compliance 
environment  and  the  need  to  build  and  maintain  robust  and  expandable  systems  to  comply  with  the  different 
compliance  and/or  reporting  requirements  among  a  number  of  jurisdictions  increases  the  possibility  that  we  may 
inadvertently violate one or more of the requirements, resulting in increased compliance costs that could adversely 
impact our results of operations.

We  may  not  be  successful  in  achieving  expected  operating  efficiencies  and  sustaining  or  improving 
operating  expense  reductions,  and  may  experience  business  disruptions  associated  with  restructuring, 
facility consolidations, realignment, cost reduction and other strategic initiatives.

Over  the  past  several  years  we  have  implemented  a  number  of  restructuring,  realignment  and  cost  reduction 
initiatives, including facility consolidations, organizational realignments and reductions in our workforce, and we may 
engage in similar efforts in the future. While we have realized some efficiencies from these initiatives, we may not 
realize the benefits of these or future initiatives to the extent we anticipated. Further, such benefits may be realized 
later than expected, and the ongoing difficulties in implementing these measures may be greater than anticipated, 
which could cause us to incur additional costs or result in business disruptions. In addition, if these measures are 
not  successful  or  sustainable,  we  may  be  compelled  to  undertake  additional  restructuring,  realignment  and  cost 
reduction efforts, which could result in significant additional charges. Moreover, if our restructuring, realignment and 
cost  reduction  efforts  prove  ineffective,  our  ability  to  achieve  our  strategic  and  business  plan  goals  may  be 
adversely affected.

In addition, as part of our efforts to increase operating efficiencies, we have implemented a number of initiatives 
over the past several years to consolidate our enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems. To date, we have not 
experienced any significant disruptions to our business or operations in connection with these initiatives. However, 
as we continue our efforts to further consolidate our ERP systems, we could experience business disruptions, which 
could adversely affect customer relationships and divert the attention of management away from daily operations. In 
addition, any delays in the implementation of these initiatives could cause us to incur additional unexpected costs. 
Should  we  experience  such  difficulties,  our  business,  cash  flows  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely 
affected.

Disruptions  in  sterilization  of  our  products  or  regulatory  initiatives  further  restricting  the  use  of 
ethylene  oxide  in  sterilization  facilities  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition.

Many  of  our  products  require  sterilization  prior  to  sale.  A  common  method  for  sterilizing  medical  products 
involves the use of ethylene oxide, which is listed as a hazardous air pollutant under the Clean Air Act, as amended, 
and  emissions  of  which  are  regulated  by  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency  ("EPA")  and  other  regulatory 
authorities.  One  of  our  contract  sterilizers,  Sterigenics  U.S.,  LLC,  uses  ethylene  oxide  in  its  sterilization  process, 
including  at  its  facilities  in  Smyrna,  Cobb  County,  Georgia  and  Santa  Teresa,  New  Mexico,  which  have  sterilized 
some of our vascular, surgical, intermittent catheter and OEM products. During the fourth quarter of the year ended 
December  31,  2019,  operations  at  the  Smyrna  facility  were  suspended  by  state  and  local  officials  due  to  issues 

18

associated  with  the  facility's  use  of  ethylene  oxide  in  its  sterilization  operations,  but  have  since  reopened.  In 
December  2020,  the  New  Mexico Attorney  General  initiated  legal  proceedings  involving  the  Santa Teresa  facility, 
alleging that its operations have resulted in impermissible ethylene oxide emissions. While both plants are currently 
operating  normally,  should  their  operations  be  suspended  or  adversely  affected,  our  ability  to  provide  affected 
products  to  our  customers  could  be  impaired  if  we  are  unable  to  utilize  alternate  facilities  and  sources  for 
sterilization services.

In addition, on October 10, 2019, the attorneys general of 15 states and the District of Columbia sent a letter to 
the EPA urging that the EPA promptly propose and finalize stricter standards for ethylene oxide emissions. Among 
other  things,  the  attorneys  general  stated  that  the  current  EPA  standard  for  ethylene  oxide  fails  to  adequately 
protect workers and communities, and that the use of ethylene oxide, particularly in the medical device sterilization 
industry, must be reduced. On December 12, 2019, the EPA issued an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to 
solicit  information  and  request  comments  that  will  aid  in  the  EPA’s  future  revisions  of  the  regulations  concerning 
ethylene oxide omissions. Subsequently, on September 13, 2021, the EPA issued an information collection request 
to  commercial  sterilization  facilities  to  gather  additional  information  and  data  about  ethylene  oxide  sterilization 
processes  and  emissions.  The  EPA  has  indicated  it  expects  to  issue  a  proposed  rule  in  2022.  Any  additional 
regulatory restrictions on the emission of ethylene oxide by sterilization facilities might impair our ability to provide 
sufficient quantities of sterilized products to our customers and compel us to seek sterilization alternatives that do 
not entail the use of ethylene oxide. We cannot assure that we would be able to identify such alternatives. In the 
event  we  were  to  experience  any  disruptions  in  our  ability  to  sterilize  our  products,  whether  due  to  capacity 
constraints  or  regulatory  or  other  impediments  (including,  among  other  things,  regulatory  initiatives  directed 
generally to sterilization facilities that utilize ethylene oxide), or we are unable to transition to alternative facilities in a 
timely or cost effective manner in the event one or more of the facilities we use is affected, we could experience a 
material adverse impact with respect to our results of operations and financial condition.

A  significant  portion  of  our  U.S.  revenues  is  derived  from  sales  to  distributors,  and  “destocking” 

activity by these distributors can adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

A  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  in  the  U.S.  is  derived  from  sales  to  distributors,  which,  in  turn,  sell  our 
products to hospitals and other health care institutions. From time to time, these distributors may decide to reduce 
their levels of inventory with regard to certain of our products, a practice we refer to as “destocking.” A distributor's 
decision  to  reduce  inventory  levels  with  respect  to  our  products  may  be  based  on  a  number  of  factors,  such  as 
distributor expectations regarding demand for a particular product, distributor buying decisions (including decisions 
to  purchase  competing  products),  changes  in  distributor  policies  regarding  the  maintenance  of  inventory  levels, 
economic conditions and other factors. Following such instances of reduced purchases, distributors may revert to 
previous purchasing levels; nevertheless, we cannot assure that distributors will, in fact, increase purchases of our 
products in this manner. A decline in the level of product purchases by our U.S. distributors in the future could have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  revenues  and  results  of  operations  during  a  reporting  period,  and  an  extended 
decline in such product purchases could have a longer term material adverse effect.

We may incur material losses and costs as a result of product liability and warranty claims, as well as 
product  recalls,  any  of  which  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition. 
Furthermore, our reputation as a medical device company may be damaged if one or more of our products 
are, or are alleged to be, defective.

Our businesses expose us to potential product liability risks related to the design, manufacture and marketing of 
our  products.  In  particular,  our  medical  device  products  are  often  used  in  surgical  and  intensive  care  settings  for 
procedures  involving  seriously  ill  patients.  In  addition,  many  of  our  products  are  designed  to  be  implanted  in  the 
human  body  for  varying  periods  of  time.  Product  defects  or  inadequate  disclosure  of  product-related  risks  with 
respect  to  products  we  manufacture  or  sell  could  result  in  patient  injury  or  death.  Product  liability  and  warranty 
claims often involve very large or indeterminate amounts, including punitive damages. The magnitude of potential 
losses  from  product  liability  lawsuits  may  remain  unknown  for  substantial  periods  of  time,  and  the  related  legal 
defense costs may be significant. We could experience material warranty or product liability losses in the future and 
incur significant costs to defend these claims.

In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective, we may voluntarily conduct, or be required 
by  regulatory  authorities  to  conduct,  a  recall  of  that  product.  In  the  event  of  a  recall,  we  may  lose  sales  and  be 
exposed  to  individual  or  class-action  litigation  claims.  Moreover,  negative  publicity  regarding  a  quality  or  safety 
issue,  whether  accurate  or  inaccurate,  could  harm  our  reputation,  decrease  demand  for  our  products,  lead  to 
product  withdrawals  or  impair  our  ability  to  successfully  launch  and  market  our  products  in  the  future.  Product 

19

liability, warranty and recall costs may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows.

Volatility  in  domestic  and  global  financial  markets  could  adversely  impact  our  results  of  operations, 

financial condition and liquidity.

We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions. The 
economic slowdown and disruption of credit markets that occurred several years ago led to recessionary conditions 
and  depressed  levels  of  consumer  and  commercial  spending,  resulting  in  reductions,  delays  or  cancellations  of 
purchases of our products and services. We cannot predict the duration or extent of any economic recovery or the 
extent  to  which  our  customers  will  return  to  more  typical  spending  behaviors.  The  continuation  in  a  number  of 
markets of weak economic growth, constricted credit, public sector austerity measures in response to public budget 
deficits and foreign currency volatility, particularly with respect to the euro, could have a material adverse effect on 
our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. 

Although  we  maintain  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  to  cover  the  estimated  losses  which  may  occur  when 
customers cannot make their required payments, we cannot assure that the loss rate will not increase in the future 
given  the  volatility  in  the  worldwide  economy.  If  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  insufficient  to  address 
receivables we ultimately determine are uncollectible, we would be required to incur additional charges, which could 
materially adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, our inability to collect outstanding receivables could 
adversely affect our financial condition and cash flow from operations.

In  addition,  adverse  economic  and  financial  market  conditions  may  result  in  future  impairment  charges  with 
respect  to  our  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  which  would  not  directly  affect  our  liquidity  but  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our reported financial results.

Our  strategic  initiatives,  including  acquisitions,  may  not  produce  the  intended  growth  in  revenue  and 

operating income, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Our  strategic  initiatives  include  making  significant  investments  designed  to  achieve  revenue  growth  and  to 
enable us to meet or exceed margin improvement targets. If we do not achieve the expected benefits from these 
investments or otherwise fail to execute on our strategic initiatives, we may not achieve the growth improvement we 
are targeting and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

In  addition,  as  part  of  our  strategy  for  growth,  we  have  made,  and  may  continue  to  make,  acquisitions  and 
divestitures and enter into strategic alliances such as joint ventures and joint development agreements. However, 
we  may  not  be  able  to  identify  suitable  acquisition  candidates,  complete  acquisitions  or  integrate  acquisitions 
successfully, and our joint ventures or strategic alliances may not prove to be successful. In this regard, acquisitions 
involve  numerous  risks,  including  difficulties  in  the  integration  of  acquired  operations,  technologies,  services  and 
products  and  the  diversion  of  management’s  attention  from  other  business  concerns.  Moreover,  the  products  and 
technologies that we acquire may not be successful or may require us to devote significantly greater development, 
marketing  and  other  resources,  as  well  as  significantly  greater  investments,  than  we  anticipated.  We  could  also 
experience  negative  effects  on  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  from  acquisition-related  charges, 
amortization  of  intangible  assets,  asset  impairment  charges  and  other  matters  that  could  arise  in  connection  with 
the acquisition of a company or business, including matters related to internal control over financial reporting and 
regulatory compliance, as well as the short-term effects of increased costs on results of operations.  Although our 
management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular transaction, there can be no assurance 
that  we  will  identify  all  such  risks  or  the  magnitude  of  the  risks.  In  addition,  prior  acquisitions  have  resulted,  and 
future  acquisitions  could  result,  in  the  incurrence  of  substantial  additional  indebtedness  and  expenditures.  Future 
acquisitions  may  also  result  in  potentially  dilutive  issuances  of  equity  securities.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that 
difficulties  encountered  in  connection  with  acquisitions  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with certain of our completed acquisitions, we have agreed to pay consideration that is contingent 
upon the achievement of specified objectives, such as receipt of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product 
or  achievement  of  sales  targets.  As  of  the  acquisition  date,  we  record  a  contingent  liability  representing  the 
estimated  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  we  expect  to  pay.  On  a  quarterly  basis,  we  reassess  these 
obligations  and,  in  the  event  our  estimate  of  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  changes,  we  record 
increases or decreases in the fair value as an adjustment to operating earnings, which could have a material impact 
on our results of operations. As of December 31, 2021, we accrued $9.8 million of contingent consideration, most of 
which  related  to  our  acquisition  of  Z-Medica,  LLC  ("Z-Medica").  In  addition,  actual  payments  may  differ  materially 

20

from  the  amount  of  the  contingent  liability,  which  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  results  of  operations,  cash 
flows  and  liquidity.  For  information  regarding  assumptions  related  to  our  contingent  consideration  liabilities,  see 
“Critical  Accounting  Policies  and  Estimates”  under  Item  7,  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  For  additional  information 
regarding  our  acquisitions,  see  Note  4  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K.

Health care reform may have a material adverse effect on our industry and our business.

Political, economic and regulatory developments have effected fundamental changes in the healthcare industry. 
The Affordable  Care Act  substantially  changed  the  way  health  care  is  financed  by  both  government  and  private 
insurers.  It  also  encourages  improvements  in  the  quality  of  health  care  products  and  services  and  significantly 
impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical and medical device industries. Among other things, the Affordable Care Act:

•

•

•

established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct 
comparative clinical effectiveness research;

implemented  payment  system  reforms,  including  a  national  pilot  program  to  encourage  hospitals,  physicians 
and other providers  to improve the coordination, quality  and efficiency of certain health care services through 
bundled payment models; and

created  an  independent  payment  advisory  board  that  will  submit  recommendations  to  reduce  Medicare 
spending if projected Medicare spending exceeds a specified growth rate.

We cannot predict at this time the full impact of the Affordable Care Act or other healthcare reform measures 
that  may  be  adopted  in  the  future  on  our  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  In  this  regard, 
several legislative initiatives to repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act were proposed, but not adopted in 2017.  
However, U.S. tax legislation adopted in December 2017 and commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 
("TCJA")  eliminated  the  individual  mandate  under  the  Affordable  Care  Act,  which  has  resulted  in  increased 
uncertainty  regarding  insurance  premium  prices  for  participants  in  insurance  exchanges  under  the  act,  and  may 
have other effects. Moreover, on December 14, 2018, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas ruled 
that the individual mandate provision of the Affordable Care Act is unconstitutional and the remainder of the act is 
invalid, although the Court stayed its ruling pending appeal. The nature and effect of any modification or repeal of, 
or legislative substitution for, the Affordable Care Act, or any court decision regarding the act's validity, is uncertain, 
and we cannot predict the effect that any of these events would have on the longer-term viability of the act, or on 
our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations.

We  have  significant  manufacturing  and  distribution  facilities,  research  and  development  facilities,  sales 
personnel and customer support operations in a number of countries outside the U.S., including Belgium, the Czech 
Republic, Ireland, Malaysia and Mexico. In addition, a significant portion of our non-U.S. revenues are derived from 
sales  to  third  party  distributors.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  approximately  70%  of  our  full-time  employees  were 
employed  in  countries  outside  of  the  U.S.,  and  approximately  50%  of  our  net  property,  plant  and  equipment  was 
located outside the U.S. In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, 37%, 38% and 38%, 
respectively,  of  our  net  revenues  (based  on  the Teleflex  entity  generating  the  sale)  were  derived  from  operations 
outside the U.S.

Our international operations are subject to risks inherent in doing business outside the U.S., including:

exchange controls, currency restrictions and fluctuations in currency values;

trade  protection  measures,  tariffs  and  other  duties,  especially  in  light  of  trade  disputes  between  the  U.S.  and 
several foreign countries, including China;

potentially costly and burdensome import or export requirements;

laws and business practices that favor local companies;

changes in foreign medical reimbursement policies and procedures;

subsidies or increased access to capital for firms that currently are or may emerge as competitors in countries in 
which we have operations;

substantial  non-U.S.  tax  liabilities,  including  potentially  negative  consequences  resulting  from  changes  in  tax 
laws;

restrictions and taxes related to the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings;

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

21

•

•

•

•

•

•

differing labor regulations;

additional U.S. and foreign government controls or regulations;

the impact of the United Kingdom's departure from the European Union, commonly referred to as "Brexit";

public health epidemics;

difficulties in the protection of intellectual property; and

unsettled political and economic conditions and possible terrorist attacks against American interests.

In  addition,  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices Act  (the  “FCPA”)  prohibits  companies  and  their  intermediaries 
from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Similar anti-
bribery  laws  are  in  effect  in  several  foreign  jurisdictions.  The  FCPA  also  imposes  accounting  standards  and 
requirements  on  publicly  traded  U.S.  corporations  and  their  foreign  affiliates,  which,  among  other  things,  are 
intended  to  prevent  the  diversion  of  corporate  funds  to  the  payment  of  bribes  and  other  improper  payments  to 
government  officials,  and  to  prevent  the  establishment  of  “off  the  books”  slush  funds  from  which  such  improper 
payments can be made. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored health care systems around the 
world, many of our customer relationships outside of the U.S. are with government entities and are therefore subject 
to  such  anti-bribery  laws.  Our  policies  mandate  compliance  with  these  anti-bribery  laws.  However,  we  operate  in 
many  parts  of  the  world  that  have  experienced  government  corruption  to  some  degree.  Despite  meaningful 
measures  that  we  undertake  to  facilitate  lawful  conduct,  which  include  training  and  compliance  programs  and 
internal  control  policies  and  procedures,  we  may  not  always  prevent  reckless  or  criminal  acts  by  our  employees, 
distributors or other agents. In addition, we may be exposed to liability due to pre-acquisition conduct of employees, 
distributors or other agents of businesses or operations we acquire. Violations of anti-bribery laws, or allegations of 
such  violations,  could  disrupt  our  operations,  involve  significant  management  distraction  and  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We also could be subject to 
severe penalties and other adverse consequences, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement, substantial 
expenditures  related  to  further  enhancements  to  our  procedures,  policies  and  controls,  personnel  changes  and 
other remedial actions, as well as harm to our reputation.

Furthermore,  we  are  subject  to  the  export  controls  and  economic  embargo  rules  and  regulations  of  the  U.S., 
including  the  Export  Administration  Regulations  and  trade  sanctions  against  embargoed  countries,  which  are 
administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the Department of the Treasury, as well as other laws 
and  regulations  administered  by  the  Department  of  Commerce.  These  regulations  limit  our  ability  to  market,  sell, 
distribute  or  otherwise  transfer  our  products  or  technology  to  prohibited  countries  or  persons.  While  we  train  our 
employees  and  contractually  obligate  our  distributors  to  comply  with  these  regulations,  we  cannot  assure  that  a 
violation will not occur, whether knowingly or inadvertently. Failure to comply with these rules and regulations may 
result in substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines and the disgorgement of profits, the imposition of a 
court-appointed  monitor,  the  denial  of  export  privileges  and  debarment  from  participation  in  U.S.  government 
contracts,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  international  operations  or  on  our  business, 
results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Additionally,  in  connection  with  the  ongoing  conflict  between  Russia  and  Ukraine,  the  U.S.  government  has 
imposed  enhanced  export  controls  on  certain  products  and  sanctions  on  certain  industry  sectors  and  parties  in 
Russia,  and  has  indicated  it  will  consider  imposing  additional  sanctions  and  other  similar  measures  in  the  near 
future.  Although  our  sales  into  Russia  did  not  constitute  a  material  portion  of  our  total  revenue  in  2021,  further 
escalation  of  geopolitical  tensions  could  have  a  broader  impact  that  expands  into  other  markets  where  we  do 
business, which could adversely affect our business and/or our supply chain, business partners or customers in the 
broader region.

Foreign  currency  exchange  rate,  commodity  price  and  interest  rate  fluctuations  may  adversely  affect 

our results.

We  are  exposed  to  a  variety  of  market  risks,  including  the  effects  of  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange 
rates,  commodity  prices  and  interest  rates.  Products  manufactured  in,  and  sold  into,  foreign  markets  represent  a 
significant portion of our operations. Our consolidated financial statements reflect translation of financial statements 
denominated  in  non-U.S.  currencies  to  U.S.  dollars,  our  reporting  currency,  as  well  as  the  foreign  currency 
exchange  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  the  remeasurement  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  from  transactions 
denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  primary  currency  of  the  country  in  which  the  entity  operates,  which  we 
refer  to  as  "non-functional  currencies." A  strengthening  or  weakening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  in  relation  to  the  foreign 
currencies  of  the  countries  in  which  we  sell  or  manufacture  our  products,  such  as  the  euro,  will  affect  our 
U.S.  dollar-reported  revenue  and  income.  Although  we  have  entered  into  forward  contracts  with  several  major 

22

financial institutions to hedge a portion of our monetary assets and liabilities and projected cash flows denominated 
in  non-functional  currencies  in  order  to  reduce  the  effects  of  currency  rate  fluctuations,  changes  in  the  relative 
values of currencies may, in some instances, have a significant effect on our results of operations.

Many of our products have significant plastic resin content. We also use quantities of other commodities, such 
as aluminum and steel. Increases in the prices of these commodities could increase the costs of our products and 
services. We may not be able to pass on these costs to our customers, particularly with respect to those products 
we sell under group purchase agreements, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations 
and cash flows.

Increases  in  interest  rates  may  adversely  affect  the  financial  health  of  our  customers  and  suppliers,  thereby 
adversely  affecting  their  ability  to  buy  our  products  and  supply  the  components  or  raw  materials  we  need.  In 
addition, our borrowing costs have been adversely affected by recent interest rate increases, and could be further 
affected  if  interest  rates  continue  to  increase.  Any  of  these  events  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Fluctuations in our effective tax rate and changes to tax laws may adversely affect us.

As  a  global  company,  we  are  subject  to  taxation  in  numerous  countries,  states  and  other  jurisdictions.  Our 
effective  tax  rate  is  derived  from  a  combination  of  applicable  tax  rates  in  the  various  countries,  states  and  other 
jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  In  preparing  our  financial  statements,  we  estimate  the  amount  of  tax  that  will 
become payable in each of these jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate may, however, differ from the estimated amount 
due to numerous factors, including a change in the mix of our profitability from country to country and changes in tax 
laws. Any  of  these  factors  could  cause  us  to  experience  an  effective  tax  rate  significantly  different  from  previous 
periods or our current expectations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results 
of operations and cash flows.

An  interruption  in  our  manufacturing  or  distribution  operations  or  our  supply  of  raw  materials  may 

adversely affect our business.

Many  of  our  key  products  are  manufactured  at  or  distributed  from  single  locations,  and  the  availability  of 
alternate facilities is limited.  If operations at one or  more of our facilities is suspended due to natural disasters or 
other events, we may not be able to timely manufacture or distribute one or more of our products at previous levels 
or at all. Furthermore, our ability to establish replacement facilities or to substitute suppliers may be delayed due to 
regulations and requirements of the FDA and other regulatory authorities regarding the manufacture of our products. 
In addition, in the event of delays or cancellations in shipments of raw materials by our suppliers, we may not be 
able  to  timely  manufacture  or  supply  the  affected  products  at  previous  levels  or  at  all.  The  manufacture  of  our 
products  is  highly  exacting  and  complex,  due  in  part  to  strict  regulatory  requirements.  Problems  in  the 
manufacturing  process,  including  equipment  malfunction,  failure  to  follow  specific  protocols  and  procedures, 
defective  raw  materials  and  environmental  factors,  could  lead  to  delays  in  product  releases,  product  shortages, 
unanticipated  costs,  lost  revenues  and  damage  to  our  reputation. A  failure  to  identify  and  address  manufacturing 
problems prior to the release of products to our customers may also result in quality or safety issues.  A reduction or 
interruption in manufacturing or distribution, or our inability to secure suitable alternative sources of raw materials or 
components,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and 
cash flows.

Our ability to attract, train, develop and retain key employees is important to our success.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to retain key personnel, including our executive officers 
and  other  members  of  our  senior  management  team.  Our  success  also  depends,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  attract, 
train,  develop  and  retain  other  key  employees,  including  research  and  development,  sales,  marketing  and 
operations  personnel.  We  may  experience  difficulties  in  retaining  executives  and  other  employees  due  to  many 
factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the intense competition for skilled personnel in our industry;

fluctuations in global economic and industry conditions;

changes in our organizational structure;

our restructuring initiatives;

competitors’ hiring practices; and

the effectiveness of our compensation programs.

23

Our inability to attract, train, develop and retain such personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, 

results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our failure to maintain strong relationships with physicians and other health care professionals could 

adversely affect us.

We  depend  on  our  ability  to  maintain  strong  working  relationships  with  physicians  and  other  healthcare 
professionals  in  connection  with  research  and  development  for  some  of  our  products.  We  rely  on  these 
professionals to provide us with considerable knowledge and advice regarding the development and use of these 
products.  Physicians  assist  us  as  researchers,  product  consultants,  inventors  and  public  speakers.  If  we  fail  to 
maintain our working relationships with physicians and, as a result, no longer have the benefit of their knowledge 
and advice, our products may not be developed in a manner that is responsive to the needs and expectations of the 
professionals  who  use  and  support  our  products,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our  technology  is  important  to  our  success,  and  our  failure  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights 

could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

We rely on the patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws of the U.S. and other countries to protect our 
proprietary  rights.  Although  we  own  numerous  U.S.  and  foreign  patents  and  have  submitted  numerous  patent 
applications, we cannot be assured that any pending patent applications will issue, or that any patents, issued or 
pending,  will  provide  us  with  any  competitive  advantage  or  will  not  be  challenged,  invalidated  or  circumvented  by 
third parties. In addition, we rely on confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with employees and take other 
measures to protect our know-how and trade secrets. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use 
of  our  technology  by  competitors  or  other  persons  who  may  copy  or  otherwise  obtain  and  use  these  products  or 
technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent 
as in the U.S. We cannot assure that current and former employees, contractors and other parties will not breach 
their  confidentiality  agreements  with  us,  misappropriate  proprietary  information,  copy  or  otherwise  obtain  and  use 
our  information  and  proprietary  technology  without  authorization  or  otherwise  infringe  on  our  intellectual  property 
rights.  Our  inability  to  protect  our  proprietary  technology  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition, 
results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  Moreover,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  others  will  not  independently 
develop know-how and trade secrets comparable to ours or develop better technology than our own, which could 
reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed. 

Our products or processes may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us 

to pay unexpected litigation costs or damages or prevent us from selling our products.

We cannot be certain that our products do not and will not infringe issued patents or other intellectual property 
rights of third parties. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, 
including claims of alleged infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties. Any such claims, whether 
or  not  meritorious,  could  result  in  litigation  and  divert  the  efforts  of  our  personnel.  If  we  are  found  liable  for 
infringement, we may be compelled to enter into licensing agreements (which may not be available on acceptable 
terms or at all) or to pay damages or cease making or selling certain products. We may need to redesign some of 
our products or processes to avoid future infringement liability. Any of the foregoing events could be detrimental to 
our business.

Other pending and future litigation may involve significant costs and adversely affect our business.

We  are  party  to  various  lawsuits  and  claims  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business  involving,  among  other 
things, contracts, intellectual property, import and export regulations, and employment and environmental matters. 
The defense of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention, and may involve significant legal expenses. 
In  addition,  we  may  be  required  to  pay  damage  awards  or  settlements,  or  become  subject  to  injunctions  or  other 
equitable remedies, that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 
While we do not believe that any litigation in which we are currently engaged would have such an adverse effect, 
the  outcome  of  litigation,  including  regulatory  matters,  is  often  difficult  to  predict,  and  we  cannot  assure  that  the 
outcome of pending or future litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, 
results of operations or cash flows.

Disruption  of  critical  information  systems  or  material  breaches  in  the  security  of  our  systems  may 

adversely affect our business and customer relationships.

24

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information in our day-to-
day operations. We also rely on our technology infrastructure, among other functions, to enable us to interact with 
customers  and  suppliers,  fulfill  orders,  generate  invoices,  collect  and  make  payments,  ship  products,  provide 
support  to  customers,  fulfill  contractual  obligations  and  otherwise  perform  business  functions.  Our  internal 
information technology systems, as well as those systems maintained by third-party providers, may be subjected to 
computer  viruses  or  other  malicious  codes,  unauthorized  access  attempts,  and  cyber-attacks,  any  of  which  could 
result in data leaks or otherwise compromise our confidential or proprietary information and disrupt our operations. 
Cyber-attacks  are  becoming  more  sophisticated  and  frequent,  and  in  some  cases  have  caused  significant  harm.  
Although  we  have  taken  numerous  measures  to  protect  our  information  systems  and  enhance  data  security,  we 
cannot  assure  that  these  measures  will  prevent  security  breaches  that  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  our 
business,  reputation  and  financial  results.  If  we  fail  to  monitor,  maintain  or  protect  our  information  technology 
systems  and  data  integrity  effectively  or  fail  to  anticipate,  plan  for  or  manage  significant  disruptions  to  these 
systems,  we  could,  among  other  things,  lose  customers,  have  difficulty  preventing  fraud,  have  disputes  with 
customers,  physicians  and  other  health  care  professionals,  be  subject  to  regulatory  sanctions  or  penalties,  incur 
expenses, lose revenues or suffer other adverse consequences.  Any of these events could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Regulations  related  to  conflict  minerals  have  caused  us  to  incur  additional  costs  and  may  adversely 

affect our business.

In  2012,  the  SEC  promulgated  rules  under  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection Act 
regarding  disclosure  of  the  use  of  tin,  tantalum,  tungsten  and  gold,  known  as  "conflict  minerals,"  included  in 
components of products either manufactured by public companies or for which public companies have contracted to 
manufacture.  These  rules  require  that  we  undertake  due  diligence  efforts  to  determine  whether  such  minerals 
originated  from  the  Democratic  Republic  of  Congo  (the  “DRC”)  or  an  adjoining  country  and,  if  so,  whether  such 
minerals  helped  finance  armed  conflict  in  the  DRC  or  an  adjoining  country.  In  accordance  with  applicable 
regulations, we have filed conflict minerals reports annually, beginning in 2014. As discussed in these reports, we 
have determined that certain of our products contain the specified minerals, and we have undertaken, and continue 
to undertake, efforts to identify where such minerals originated.  We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, 
costs  associated  with  complying  with  these  disclosure  requirements,  including  costs  related  to  determining  the 
sources of the specified minerals used in our products. These rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and 
pricing of materials used in our products. Our customers may require that our products be free of conflict minerals, 
and our revenues and margins may be adversely affected if we are unable to provide assurances to our customers 
that our products are “DRC conflict free” (generally, the product does not contain conflict minerals originating in the 
DRC  or  an  adjoining  country  that  directly  or  indirectly  finance  or  benefit  specified  armed  groups)  due  to,  among 
other  things,  our  inability  to  procure  conflict  free  minerals  at  a  reasonable  price,  or  at  all.    Moreover,  we  may  be 
adversely  affected  if  we  are  unable  to  pass  through  any  increased  costs  associated  with  meeting  customer 
demands that we provide products that are DRC conflict free.  We also may face reputational challenges if our due 
diligence  efforts  do  not  enable  us  to  verify  the  origins  of  all  conflict  minerals  or  to  determine  that  any  conflict 
minerals used in products we manufacture or in products manufactured by others for us are DRC conflict-free.

Our operations expose us to the risk of material environmental and health and safety liabilities.

We  are  subject  to  numerous  foreign,  federal,  state  and  local  environmental  protection  and  health  and  safety 

laws governing, among other things:

•

•

•

the generation, storage, use and transportation of hazardous materials;

emissions or discharges of substances into the environment; and

the health and safety of our employees.

These  laws  and  regulations  are  complex,  change  frequently  and  have  tended  to  become  more  stringent  over 
time. We cannot provide assurance that our costs of complying with current or future environmental protection and 
health  and  safety  laws,  or  our  liabilities  arising  from  past  or  future  releases  of,  or  exposures  to,  hazardous 
substances,  which  may  include  claims  for  personal  injury  or  cleanup,  will  not  exceed  our  estimates  or  will  not 
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our  workforce  covered  by  collective  bargaining  and  similar  agreements  could  cause  interruptions  in 

our provision of products and services.

As of December 31, 2021, approximately 9% of our employees in the U.S. and in other countries were covered 
by  union  contracts  or  collective  bargaining  arrangements.  It  is  likely  that  a  portion  of  our  workforce  will  remain 

25

covered by collective bargaining and similar agreements for the foreseeable future. Strikes or work stoppages could 
occur that would adversely impact our relationships with our customers and our ability to conduct our business.

Risks Relating to our Financing Arrangements

Our  substantial  indebtedness  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of 

operations.

As of December 31, 2021, we had total consolidated indebtedness of $1.9 billion.

Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to 

satisfy our debt obligations. It could also have significant effects on our business. For example, it could:

•

•

•

•

•

•

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, 
thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, research and development efforts 
and other general corporate expenditures;

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for general corporate purposes;

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

restrict us from pursuing business opportunities; and

place us at a disadvantage compared to competitors that have less indebtedness.

If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us in an 

amount sufficient to pay our indebtedness when due or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may be forced to:

•

•

•

•

refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness;

sell assets;

reduce or delay capital expenditures; or

seek to raise additional capital.

We  may  not  be  able  to  effect  any  of  these  actions  on  commercially  reasonable  terms  or  at  all.  Our  ability  to 
refinance  our  indebtedness  will  depend  on  our  financial  condition  at  the  time,  the  restrictions  in  the  instruments 
governing our outstanding indebtedness and other factors, including market conditions.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure 
our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

Our  debt  agreements  impose  restrictions  on  our  business,  which  could  prevent  us  from  pursuing 
business opportunities and taking other desirable corporate actions, and may adversely affect our ability to 
respond to changes in our business and manage our operations.

Our  senior  credit  agreement  and  the  indentures  governing  our  4.625%  senior  notes  due  2027  (the  "2027 
Notes")  and  our  4.25%  Senior  Notes  due  2028  (the  "2028  Notes"  and,  together  with  the  2027  Notes,  the  "Senior 
Notes") contain covenants that, among other things, impose significant restrictions on our business. The restrictions 
that  these  covenants  place  on  us  and  our  restricted  subsidiaries  collectively  include  limitations  on  our  and  their 
ability to, among other things:

•

•

•

•

incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock or otherwise disqualified stock;

create liens;

pay dividends, make investments or make other restricted payments;

sell assets;

• merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

•

enter into transactions with our affiliates.

In  addition,  our  senior  credit  agreement  also  contains  financial  covenants,  including  covenants  requiring 
maintenance of a consolidated leverage ratio, a secured leverage ratio and a consolidated interest coverage ratio, 
calculated in accordance with the terms of the senior credit agreement. A breach of any covenants under any one or 
more of our debt agreements could result in a default, which if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration 

26

of all of our debt. In addition, any debt agreements we enter into in the future may further limit our ability to enter 
into certain types of transactions.

Under our cross-currency swap agreements, a meaningful decline in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange 

rate could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows.

In 2018 and 2019, we entered into cross-currency swap agreements with several financial institutions to hedge 
against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate.  The swap agreements require an exchange 
of the notional amounts between us and the counterparties upon expiration or earlier termination of the agreements.  
If,  at  the  expiration  or  earlier  termination  of  the  swap  agreements,  the  U.S.  dollar  to  euro  exchange  rate  has 
declined from the rate in effect on the execution date, we are required to pay the counterparties an amount equal to 
the excess of the U.S. dollar value over the euro principal amount (we and the counterparties have agreed to a net 
settlement with regard to the exchange of the notional amounts at the date of expiration or earlier termination of the 
agreements).  In the event of a significant decline in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate, our payment obligations 
to the counterparties could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows.  In this regard, if, at the expiration or 
earlier  termination  of  our  swap  agreements,  the  U.S.  dollar  to  euro  exchange  rate  has  declined  by  10%  from  the 
rate  in  effect  at  the  inception  of  our  agreements,  we  would  be  required  to  pay  approximately  $75  million  to  the 
counterparties  in  respect  of  the  notional  settlement.  To  the  extent  we  enter  into  additional  cross-currency  swap 
agreements, a decline in the relevant exchange rates could further adversely affect our cash flows.

Risks Relating to Ownership of our Common Stock

We  may  issue  additional  shares  of  our  common  stock  or  instruments  convertible  into  our  common 

stock, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of our common stock or other instruments convertible into 
our common stock. As of December 31, 2021, we had outstanding approximately 46.9 million shares of our common 
stock, options to purchase 1.1 million shares of our common stock (of which approximately 0.9 million were vested 
as of that date), restricted stock units covering 0.2 million shares of our common stock (which are expected to vest 
over  the  next  three  years),  performance  stock  units  covering  a  maximum  of  42,272  shares  of  our  common  stock 
(which  may  vest  in  early  2021,  depending  on  our  performance  with  regard  to  specified  financial  measures  and 
market  performance  of  our  common  stock  compared  to  designated  public  companies)  and  3,108  shares  of  our 
common stock to be distributed from our deferred compensation plan. As of December 31, 2021, 3.1 million shares 
of our common stock were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options. We cannot predict the size of 
future issuances or the effect, if any, that they may have on the market price for our common stock.

If  we  issue  additional  shares  of  our  common  stock  or  instruments  convertible  into  our  common  stock,  such 
issuances may materially and adversely affect the price of our common stock. Furthermore, our issuance of shares 
upon the exercise of some or all of the outstanding stock options, as well as the vesting of restricted stock units and 
some  or  all  of  the  performance  stock  units  will  dilute  the  ownership  interests  of  existing  stockholders,  and  the 
subsequent sale in the public market of such shares of our common stock could adversely affect prevailing market 
prices of our common stock. 

We may not pay dividends on our common stock in the future.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only as our board of directors may declare out of 
funds  legally  available  for  such  payments.  The  declaration  and  payment  of  future  dividends  to  holders  of  our 
common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our 
financial condition, earnings, requirements under covenants in our debt instruments, legal requirements and other 
factors as our board of directors deems relevant. We cannot assure that our cash dividend will not be reduced, or 
eliminated, in the future.

Certain  provisions  of  our  corporate  governing  documents,  Delaware  law  and  our  Senior  Notes  could 

discourage, delay, or prevent a merger or acquisition.

Provisions  of  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  could  impede  a  merger,  takeover  or  other  business 
combination involving us or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our common stock. For 
example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine the number of shares in a 
series,  the  consideration,  dividend  rights,  liquidation  preferences,  terms  of  redemption,  conversion  or  exchange 
rights and voting rights, if any, of unissued series of preferred stock, without any vote or action by our stockholders. 
Thus, our board of directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that 
could adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our common stock. We are also subject to Section 203 

27

of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which imposes restrictions on mergers and other business combinations 
between  us  and  any  holder  of  15%  or  more  of  our  common  stock.  These  provisions  could  have  the  effect  of 
delaying  or  deterring  a  third  party  from  acquiring  us  even  if  an  acquisition  might  be  in  the  best  interest  of  our 
stockholders, and accordingly could reduce the market price of our common stock.

Certain provisions in the indentures governing the Senior Notes could make it more difficult or more expensive 
for  a  third  party  to  acquire  us.  Upon  an  acquisition  event  that  constitutes  a  “change  of  control,”  as  defined  in  the 
indentures  governing  the  Senior  Notes,  coupled  with  a  downgrade  in  the  ratings  of  the  Senior  Notes,  holders  of 
such notes will have the right to require us to purchase their notes in cash.  Our obligations under the Senior Notes 
could  increase  the  cost  of  acquiring  us  or  otherwise  discourage  a  third  party  from  acquiring  us  or  removing 
incumbent management, and accordingly could cause a reduction in the market price of our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We  own  or  lease  approximately  90  properties  consisting  of  manufacturing  plants,  engineering  and  research 
centers, distribution warehouses, offices and other facilities. We believe that the properties are maintained in good 
operating  condition  and  are  suitable  for  their  intended  use.  In  general,  our  facilities  meet  current  operating 
requirements for the activities currently conducted within the facilities.

Our major facilities (those with 50,000 or greater square feet) at December 31, 2021 are as follows:

Location

Olive Branch, MS

Kamunting, Malaysia

Nuevo Laredo, Mexico

Asheboro, NC

Tecate, Mexico

Chihuahua, Mexico

Maple Grove, MN

Morrisville, NC

Primary use

Distribution warehouse

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Office administration

Zdar Nad Sazauou, Czech Republic

Manufacturing

Trenton, GA

Chihuahua, Mexico

Hradec Kralove, Czech Republic

Chelmsford, MA

Kulim, Malaysia

Kernen, Germany

Wayne, PA

Jaffrey, NH

Kamunting, Malaysia

Pleasanton, CA

Chihuahua, Mexico

Reading, PA

Limerick, Ireland
Mansfield, MA

Plymouth, MN

Bad Liebenzell, Germany

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Office administration

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Engineering and research

Manufacturing
Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Square Footage

Owned or Leased

627,000

286,000

277,000

204,000

172,000

153,000

129,000

121,000

108,000

102,000

100,000

92,000

91,000

90,000

86,000

84,000

81,000

77,000

76,000

63,000

63,000

59,000
57,000

55,000

53,000

Leased

Owned

Leased

Owned

Owned

Owned

Owned

Leased

Owned

Owned

Leased

Owned

Leased

Owned

Leased

Leased

Owned

Leased

Leased

Owned

Leased

Owned
Leased

Leased

Leased

Operations in each of our business segments are conducted at locations both in and outside of the U.S. Of the 
facilities listed above, with the exception of Plymouth, MN, Jaffrey, NH, Mansfield, MA, Trenton, GA, and Limerick, 

28

Ireland, which are used solely for the OEM segment, our facilities generally serve more than one business segment 
and are often used for multiple purposes, such as administrative/sales, manufacturing and warehousing/distribution. 

In  addition  to  the  properties  listed  above,  we  own  or  lease  approximately  700,000  square  feet  of  additional 

warehousing, manufacturing and office space worldwide. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These lawsuits and claims 
include  actions  involving  product  liability  and  product  warranty,  intellectual  property,  contracts,  employment  and 
environmental matters. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we accrued liabilities of $0.2 million and $0.3 million 
respectively,  in  connection  with  these  matters,  representing  our  best  estimate  of  the  cost  within  the  range  of 
estimated  possible  loss  that  will  be  incurred  to  resolve  these  matters.  Based  on  information  currently  available, 
advice of counsel, established reserves and other resources, we do not believe that any such actions are likely to 
be, individually or in the aggregate, material to our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 
However,  in  the  event  of  unexpected  further  developments,  it  is  possible  that  the  ultimate  resolution  of  these 
matters,  or  other  similar  matters,  if  unfavorable,  may  be  materially  adverse  to  our  business,  financial  condition, 
results  of  operations  or  cash  flows.  See  Note  17  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

29

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our  common  stock  is  listed  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  symbol  “TFX.”   As  of  February  22, 
2022, we had 387 holders of record of our common stock.  A substantially greater number of holders of our common 
stock  are  beneficial  owners  whose  shares  are  held  by  brokers  and  other  financial  institutions  for  the  accounts  of 
beneficial owners.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph provides a comparison of five year cumulative total stockholder returns of Teleflex common 
stock, the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Stock Index and the S&P 500 Healthcare Equipment & Supply Index. The 
annual  changes  for  the  five-year  period  shown  on  the  graph  are  based  on  the  assumption  that  $100  had  been 
invested in Teleflex common stock and each index on December 31, 2016 and that all dividends were reinvested.

MARKET PERFORMANCE

Company / Index

Teleflex Incorporated

S&P 500 Index

S&P 500 Healthcare Equipment & Supply Index

2016

100.00

100.00

100.00

2017

155.41

121.83

131.39

2018

162.32

116.49

150.11

2019

237.41

153.17

194.54

2020

260.57

181.35

231.13

2021

208.73

233.41

277.11

ITEM 6.  RESERVED

Not applicable.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS

Overview

We  are  a  global  provider  of  medical  technology  products  focused  on  enhancing  clinical  benefits,  improving 
patient  and  provider  safety  and  reducing  total  procedural  costs.  We  primarily  design,  develop,  manufacture  and 
supply  medical  devices  used  by  hospitals  and  healthcare  providers  for  common  diagnostic  and  therapeutic 

30

DollarsComparison of Cumulative Five Year Total ReturnTeleflex IncorporatedS&P 500 IndexS&P 500 Healthcare Equipment & Supply Index20162017201820192020202150100150200250300 
procedures in critical care and surgical applications. Approximately 95% of our net revenues come from single-use 
medical  devices.  We  market  and  sell  our  products  worldwide  through  a  combination  of  our  direct  sales  force  and 
distributors.  Because  our  products  are  used  in  numerous  markets  and  for  a  variety  of  procedures,  we  are  not 
dependent  upon  any  one  end-market  or  procedure.  We  are  focused  on  achieving  consistent,  sustainable  and 
profitable growth by increasing our market share and improving our operating efficiencies.

We evaluate our portfolio of products and businesses on an ongoing basis to ensure alignment with our overall 
objectives.  Based  on  our  evaluation,  we  may  seek  to  optimize  utilization  of  our  facilities  through  restructuring 
initiatives  designed  to  further  reduce  our  cost  base  and  enhance  our  competitive  position.  In  addition,  we  may 
continue  to  explore  opportunities  to  expand  the  size  of  our  business  and  improve  our  margins  through  a 
combination of acquisitions and distributor to direct sales conversions, which generally involve our elimination of a 
distributor  from  the  sales  channel,  either  by  acquiring  the  distributor  or  terminating  the  distributor  relationship  (in 
some  instances,  particularly  in Asia,  the  conversions  involve  our  acquisition  or  termination  of  a  master  distributor 
and  the  continued  sale  of  our  products  through  sub-distributors).  Our  distributor  to  direct  sales  conversions  are 
designed to facilitate improved product pricing and more direct access to the end users of our products within the 
sales  channel.  Further,  we  may  identify  opportunities  to  expand  our  margins  through  strategic  divestitures  of 
existing businesses and product lines that do not meet our objectives. 

Divestiture

On  May  15,  2021,  we  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  to  sell  certain  product  lines  within  our  global 
respiratory  product  portfolio  (the  "Divested  respiratory  business")  to  Medline  Industries,  Inc.  (“Medline”)  for 
consideration  of  $286.0  million,  reduced  by  $12  million  in  working  capital  not  transferring  to  Medline,  which  is 
subject  to  customary  post  close  adjustments  (the  "Respiratory  business  divestiture").  In  connection  with  the 
Respiratory  business  divestiture,  we  also  entered  into  several  ancillary  agreements  with  Medline  to  help  facilitate 
the  transfer  of  the  business,  which  provide  for  transition  support,  quality,  supply  and  manufacturing  services, 
including a manufacturing and supply transition agreement (the "MSTA").

On June 28, 2021, the first day of the third quarter of 2021, we completed the initial phase of the Respiratory 
business divestiture, pursuant to which we received cash proceeds of $259 million. We attributed $33.8 million of 
the  proceeds  to  our  performance  obligations  pursuant  to  the  MSTA.  The  resulting  liability  was  measured  as  the 
excess of the estimated fair value of the services to be performed over the estimated proceeds we expect to receive 
over  the  MSTA  term.  It  was  recorded  within  Other  current  liabilities  and  Other  liabilities  in  the  condensed 
consolidated  balance  sheet  and  the  related  proceeds  will  be  recognized  in  net  revenues  as  the  services  are 
performed.

The  second  phase  of  the  Respiratory  business  divestiture  will  occur  once  we  transfer  certain  additional 
manufacturing  assets  to  Medline.  Our  receipt  of  $15.0  million  in  additional  cash  proceeds  is  contingent  upon  the 
transfer of these manufacturing assets and is expected to occur prior to the end of 2023. We plan to recognize the 
contingent consideration, and any gain on sale resulting from the second phase of the divestiture, when it becomes 
realizable.

Net  revenues  attributable  to  our  Divested  respiratory  business  recognized  prior  to  the  Respiratory  business 
divestiture  are  included  within  each  of  our  geographic  segments  and  were  $60.7  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2021, and $138.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 
2021, we recognized $51.1 million in net revenues attributed to services provided to Medline in accordance with the 
MSTA, which are presented within our Americas reporting segment.

COVID-19 pandemic and related economic factors

Beginning  in  the  first  half  of  2020,  the  challenges  arising  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic  have  adversely 
impacted our financial results, mainly as a result of a decline in demand for certain of our products, and have had an 
effect  on  various  aspects  of  our  global  operations  and  employees  resulting  from  precautionary  and  preventive 
measures  to  reduce  the  spread  of  COVID-19.  Our  business  has  been  impacted  by  travel  restrictions,  border 
closures  and  quarantines  as  they  affect  our  various  sites,  including  our  manufacturing  sites.  We  have  also 
experienced  inefficiencies  in  our  manufacturing  operations  due  to  temporary  or  partial  work  stoppages  as  well  as 
government-mandated and self-imposed restrictions placed on, and safety measures implemented at, our facilities 
globally. The challenges arising from the pandemic have also impacted our contractors, suppliers, customers and 
other business partners and have generally had an adverse effect on macroeconomic conditions across the globe. 
Accordingly,  this  has  impacted  various  aspects  of  our  global  supply  chain,  including  causing  logistical  transport 
challenges for our freight transport providers, and has resulted in cost inflation. While we have not yet experienced 

31

significant disruptions in the global supply chain for our products that are in high demand, we have in some cases 
experienced lengthened delivery times, resulting in backorders for some of our products. We continue to monitor the 
impacts resulting from the pandemic on our operations.

To date, our financial results were most severely impacted by the pandemic during the second quarter of 2020 
due to reduced elective procedure volumes, partially offset by increased demand for products used in the treatment 
of  patients  with  COVID-19.  Since  the  second  quarter  of  2020,  we  have  experienced  varying  levels  of  continuing 
recovery across our product lines and geographic segments from the challenges stemming from the pandemic. We 
believe that the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to have an impact on our business, particularly in the near term, 
and that such impact would be most significant if the virus becomes more prevalent, if vaccine immunization rates 
do not increase and if new strains of the virus continue to emerge. As a result of the dynamic nature of the crisis, we 
cannot accurately predict the extent or duration of the impacts of the pandemic.

In addition to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, we continue to monitor trade and tariff activity, inflation, 

and exchange rate volatility that could impact our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. 

Results of Operations

As used in this discussion, "new products" are products for which commercial sales have commenced within the 
past 36 months, and “existing products” are products for which commercial sales commenced more than 36 months 
ago.  Discussion of results of operations items that reference the effect of one or more acquired businesses (except 
as noted below with respect to acquired distributors) generally reflects the impact of the acquisitions within the first 
12 months following the date of the acquisition. In addition to increases and decreases in the per unit selling prices 
of  our  products  to  our  customers,  our  discussion  of  the  impact  of  product  price  increases  and  decreases  also 
reflects  the  impact  on  the  pricing  of  our  products  resulting  from  any  elimination  of  distributors,  either  through 
acquisition  or  termination  of  the  distributor,  from  the  sales  channel. All  dollar  amounts  in  tables  are  presented  in 
millions unless otherwise noted.

For a discussion of our results of operations comparison for 2020 and 2019, refer to our Annual Report on Form 

10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 filed on February 25, 2021. 

Comparison of 2021 and 2020

Revenues

Net Revenues

2021
2,809.6  $ 

2020
2,537.2 

$ 

Net  revenues  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  increased  by  $272.4  million,  or  10.7%,compared  to  the 
prior year, which was primarily attributable to a $94.4 million increase in sales volume of existing products, largely 
stemming  from  the  impact  that  the  COVID-19  pandemic  had  on  the  prior  year,  net  revenues  of  $70.4  million 
generated  by  acquired  businesses,  primarily  Z-Medica,  a  $50.0  million  increase  in  new  product  sales  and  $44.9 
million of favorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Gross profit

Gross profit
Percentage of revenues

2021
$  1,549.6 

2020
$  1,324.9 

 55.2 %

 52.2 %

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  gross  margin  increased  300  basis  points,  or  5.7%,  compared  to  the 
prior  year  period  primarily  due  to  higher  sales  volumes  largely  stemming  from  the  impact  that  the  COVID-19 
pandemic had on the prior year, benefits from cost improvement initiatives, price increases and favorable product 
mix.  The  increases  in  gross  margin  were  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  logistics  and  distribution  costs,  largely 
stemming from the enduring impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative
Percentage of revenues

2021
860.1 

$ 

2020
743.6 

$ 

 30.6 %

 29.3 %

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $116.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, 
compared  to  the  prior  year.  The  increase  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  benefit  recognized  in  the  prior  year 

32

 
 
resulting  from  decreases  in  the  estimated  fair  value  of  our  contingent  consideration  liabilities  stemming  from  the 
adverse impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, higher selling and marketing expenses across certain of our product 
portfolios, operating expenses incurred by acquired businesses, primarily Z-Medica, and higher performance related 
employee-benefit expenses.

Research and development

Research and development
Percentage of revenues

2021
130.8 

$ 

2020
119.7 

$ 

 4.7 %

 4.7 %

Research  and  development  expenses  increased  $11.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021, 
compared  to  the  prior  year,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  European  Union  Medical  Device  Regulation  ("EU 
MDR") related costs partially offset by lower project spend within certain of our product portfolios.

Restructuring and impairment charges

Respiratory divestiture plan

In 2021, in connection with the Respiratory business divestiture, we committed to a restructuring plan designed 
to separate the manufacturing operations that will be transferred to Medline from those that will remain with Teleflex, 
which includes related workforce reductions (the “Respiratory divestiture plan”). The plan includes expanding certain 
of our existing locations to accommodate the transfer of capacity from the sites that will be transferred to Medline 
and replicating the manufacturing processes at alternate existing locations. We expect this plan will be substantially 
completed by the end of 2023. 

We estimate that we will incur aggregate pre-tax restructuring and restructuring related charges in connection 
with the Respiratory divestiture plan of $24 million to $30 million and substantially all of these charges will result in 
cash outlays, the majority of which will be made in 2022 and 2023. Additionally, we expect to incur $22 million to 
$28 million in aggregate capital expenditures under the plan, which we expect will be incurred mostly in 2022 and 
2023.

2021 Restructuring plan

During the first quarter of 2021, we committed to a restructuring plan designed to streamline various business 
functions across our segments (the "2021 Restructuring plan"). The plan was substantially completed by the end of 
2021 and we expect future restructuring charges associated with the program, if any, to be nominal. We will achieve 
annual pre-tax savings of $15 million as a result of this plan.

Anticipated  charges  and  pre-tax  savings  related  to  restructuring  programs  and  other  similar  cost  savings 

initiatives

We  have  ongoing  restructuring  programs  consisting  of  the  consolidation  of  our  manufacturing  operations 
(referred to as our 2019, 2018 and 2014 Footprint realignment plans) in addition to the Respiratory divestiture plan 
and  the  2021  Restructuring  plan,  both  as  described  above.  We  also  have  similar  ongoing  activities  to  relocate 
certain manufacturing operations within our OEM segment (the "OEM initiative") that do not meet the criteria for a 
restructuring  program  under  applicable  accounting  guidance;  nevertheless,  the  activities  should  result  in  cost 
savings  (we  expect  only  minimal  costs  to  be  incurred  in  connection  with  the  OEM  initiative).  With  respect  to  the 
restructuring  programs  and  the  OEM  initiative,  the  table  below  summarizes  charges  incurred  or  estimated  to  be 
incurred  and  estimated  annual  pre-tax  savings  to  be  realized  as  follows:  (1)  with  respect  to  charges  (a)  the 
estimated  total  charges  that  will  have  been  incurred  once  the  restructuring  programs  and  the  OEM  initiative  are 
completed; (b) the charges incurred through December 31, 2021; and (c) the estimated charges to be incurred from 
January 1, 2022 through the last anticipated completion date of the restructuring programs and the OEM initiative, 
and  (2)  with  respect  to  estimated  annual  pre-tax  savings  (a)  the  estimated  total  annual  pre-tax  savings  to  be 
realized  once  the  restructuring  programs  and  OEM  initiative  are  completed;  (b)  the  estimated  annual  pre-tax 
savings realized based on the progress of the restructuring programs and the OEM initiative through December 31, 
2021; and (c) the estimated additional annual pre-tax savings to be realized from January 1, 2022 through the last 
anticipated completion date of the restructuring programs and the OEM initiative. 

Estimated  charges  and  pre-tax  savings  are  subject  to  change  based  on,  among  other  things,  the  nature  and 
timing of restructuring activities and similar activities, changes in the scope of restructuring programs and the OEM 
initiative,  unanticipated  expenditures  and  other  developments,  the  effect  of  additional  acquisitions  or  dispositions 

33

 
and  other  factors  that  were  not  reflected  in  the  assumptions  made  by  management  in  previously  estimating 
restructuring and restructuring related charges and estimated pre-tax savings. Moreover, estimated pre-tax savings 
constituting  efficiencies  with  respect  to  increased  costs  that  otherwise  would  have  resulted  from  business 
acquisitions  involve,  among  other  things,  assumptions  regarding  the  cost  structure  and  integration  of  businesses 
that  previously  were  not  administered  by  our  management,  which  are  subject  to  a  particularly  high  degree  of  risk 
and uncertainty. It is likely that estimates of charges and pre-tax savings will change from time to time, and the table 
below  may  reflect  changes  from  amounts  previously  estimated.  Additional  details,  including  estimated  charges 
expected  to  be  incurred  in  connection  with  our  restructuring  programs  and  the  anticipated  completion  dates,  are 
described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Pre-tax savings may be realized during, and subsequent to, the completion of the restructuring programs. Pre-
tax savings can also be affected by increases or decreases in sales volumes generated by the businesses impacted 
by  the  consolidation  of  manufacturing  operations;  such  variations  in  revenues  can  increase  or  decrease  pre-tax 
savings  generated  by  the  consolidation  of  manufacturing  operations.  For  example,  an  increase  in  sales  volumes 
generated  by  the  impacted  businesses,  although  likely  to  increase  manufacturing  costs,  may  generate  additional 
savings  with  respect  to  costs  that  otherwise  would  have  been  incurred  if  the  manufacturing  operations  were  not 
consolidated.

Restructuring programs and other similar cost saving initiatives

Restructuring charges - Restructuring plans (1)
Restructuring charges - Respiratory divestiture plan

Total restructuring charges
Restructuring related charges - Restructuring plans (1)
Restructuring related charges - Respiratory divestiture 
plan

Total restructuring related charges (2)

Total charges

OEM initiative annual pre-tax savings
Pre-tax savings- Restructuring plans (1) (3)
Total annual pre-tax savings

Estimated Total

$102 - $110

5 - 8

107 - 118

128 - 146

19 - 22

147 - 168

$254 - $286

$6 - $7

88 - 97

$94 - $104

Actual results 
through 
December 31, 2021

$99

3

102

101

3

104

$206

$2

55

$57

Estimated 
Remaining

$3 - $11

2 - 5

5 - 16

27 - 45

16 - 19

43 - 64

$48 - $80

$4 - $5

33 - 42

$37 - $47

(1) Restructuring plans consist of the 2021 Restructuring program and the 2019, 2018 and 2014 Footprint realignment plans.

(2) Represents  charges  that  are  directly  related  to  restructuring  programs  and  principally  constitute  costs  to  transfer  manufacturing 
operations  to  existing  lower-cost  locations,  project  management  costs  and  accelerated  depreciation,  as  well  as  a  charge  that  is 
expected to be imposed by a taxing authority as a result of our exit from facilities in the authority's jurisdiction. Most of these charges 
(other than the tax charge) are expected to be recognized as cost of goods sold.

(3) The  majority  of  the  pre-tax  savings  are  expected  to  result  in  reductions  to  cost  of  goods  sold.  Substantially  all  of  the  estimated 

remaining savings are expected to be realized between January 1, 2022 and December 31, 2023.

The  following  discussion  provides  additional  details  with  respect  to  our  ongoing  significant  restructuring 

programs:

2019 Footprint realignment plan

In  February  2019,  we  initiated  a  restructuring  plan  primarily  involving  the  relocation  of  certain  manufacturing 
operations to existing lower-cost locations and related workforce reductions (the “2019 Footprint realignment plan").  
These actions are expected to be substantially completed by the end of 2022. 

We estimate that we will incur charges totaling $54 million to $60 million under the plan, of which we estimate 
that $48 million to $54 million of these charges will result in future cash outlays. We expect to incur $31 million to 
$33 million in total capital expenditures under the plan.

We expect to achieve annual pre-tax savings of $20 million to $22 million once the plan is fully implemented.

2018 Footprint realignment plan

In  May  2018,  we  initiated  a  restructuring  plan  involving  the  relocation  of  certain  European  manufacturing 

34

operations to existing lower-cost locations, the outsourcing of certain European distribution operations and related 
workforce  reductions  (the  "2018  Footprint  realignment  plan").  These  actions  are  expected  to  be  substantially 
completed by the end of 2022.

We  estimate  that  we  will  incur  total  charges  in  connection  with  the  2018  Footprint  realignment  plan  of  $110 
million to $128 million, of which, we estimate that $99 million to $122 million of these charges will result in future 
cash outlays. Additionally, we expect to incur $15 million to $16 million in total capital expenditures under the plan.

We expect to achieve annual pre-tax savings of $25 million to $30 million once the plan is fully implemented.

2014 Footprint realignment plan

In April 2014, we initiated a restructuring plan involving the consolidation of operations and a related reduction in 
workforce  at  certain  facilities,  and  the  relocation  of  manufacturing  operations  from  certain  higher-cost  locations  to 
existing  lower-cost  locations  (the  "2014  Footprint  realignment  plan").  We  expect  the  plan  will  be  substantially 
completed by the end of 2022. 

We  estimate  that  we  will  incur  total  charges  of  $53  million  to  $55  million,  which  we  expect  will  result  in  cash 

outlays of $43 million to $46 million, and total capital expenditures of $26 million to $27 million under the plan.

We expect to achieve annual pre-tax savings of $28 million to $30 million once the plan is fully implemented.

The following table provides information regarding restructuring charges we have incurred with respect to each 
of our restructuring programs, as well as impairment charges, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 
2019. The restructuring charges listed in the table primarily consist of termination benefits.

Respiratory divestiture plan

2021 Restructuring plan
2020 Workforce reduction plan (1)
2019 Footprint realignment plan

2018 Footprint realignment plan

2014 Footprint realignment plan

Other restructuring programs
Impairment charges (2)

Total

2021

2020

$ 

2.7  $ 

7.4 

0.9 

0.3 

2.5 

0.3 

0.9 

6.7 

$ 

21.7  $ 

— 

— 

8.8 

1.5 

6.0 

0.6 

0.2 

21.4 

38.5 

(1) During the second quarter of 2020, we committed to a workforce reduction designed to improve profitability and reduce cost primarily 
by streamlining certain sales and marketing functions in our EMEA segment and certain manufacturing operations in our OEM segment  
(the "2020 Workforce reduction plan"). The plan was substantially completed at the end of 2020.

(2) For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded impairment charges of $6.7 million related to our decision to abandon intellectual 
property and other assets primarily associated with our respiratory product portfolio that was not transferred to Medline as part of the 
Respiratory business divestiture. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded impairment charges of $21.4 million, related to 
our decision to abandon certain intellectual property and other assets associated with our surgical product portfolio.

Interest expense 

Interest expense
Average interest rate on debt during the year

2021

2020

$ 

57.0 

$ 

66.5 

 2.2 %

 2.5 %

The  decrease  in  interest  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  compared  to  the  prior  year  was 
primarily  due  to  the  redemption  of  the  4.875%  Senior  Notes  due  2026  (the  “2026  Notes”)  resulting  in  a  lower 
average  interest  rate  and  lower  average  debt  outstanding  after  subsequent  debt  pay  downs  using  proceeds  from 
the Respiratory business divestiture and operating cash flows.

Gain on sale of business and assets

Gain on sale of business and assets

2021

2020

$ 

91.2  $ 

— 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  we  recognized  a  gain  related  to  the  Respiratory  business 

divestiture. 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

2021

2020

$ 

13.0  $ 

— 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  we  prepaid  the  $400  million  aggregate  outstanding  principal 
amount under our 4.875% Senior Notes due 2026 (the "2026 Notes"). In addition to the prepayment of principal, we 
paid  to  the  holders  of  the  2026  Notes  a  $9.8  million  prepayment  make-whole  amount  plus  accrued  and  unpaid 
interest. We recorded the prepayment make-whole amount and a $3.2 million write-off of unamortized debt issuance 
costs as a loss on extinguishment of debt.

Taxes on income from continuing operations

Effective income tax rate

2021

 13.3 %

2020

 6.1 %

We generate substantial earnings from our non-U.S. operations. A number of the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which 
we  file  tax  returns  historically  have  had  tax  rates  that  are  lower  than  the  U.S.  statutory  tax  rate;  as  a  result,  our 
consolidated effective income tax rate for 2021 and earlier years has been substantially below the U.S. statutory tax 
rate.  The  principal  non-U.S.  jurisdictions  in  which  the  tax  rate  in  2021  and  earlier  years  was  lower  than  the  U.S. 
statutory tax rate and from which we derived substantial earnings included Ireland, Bermuda and Singapore. 

The effective income tax rate for 2021 reflects tax expense associated with the Respiratory business divestiture. 
The effective tax rate for 2020 reflects non-taxable contingent consideration adjustments, recognized in connection 
with a decrease in the fair value of our contingent consideration liabilities. Additionally, the effective tax rates for both 
2021 and 2020 reflect a net excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation and a tax benefit relating to the 
revaluation of state deferred tax assets and liabilities due to business integrations and other changes. See Note 15 
to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. 

Segment Results

Segment Net Revenues

Americas
EMEA
Asia
OEM

Segment Net Revenues

Segment Operating Profit

Americas
EMEA
Asia
OEM

Year Ended December 31

% Increase/(Decrease)

2021
1,659.3  $ 
606.8 
297.8 
245.7 
2,809.6  $ 

2020
1,465.0 
584.9 
267.0 
220.3 
2,537.2 

$ 

$ 

2021 vs 2020

 13.3 
 3.8 
 11.5 
 11.5 
 10.7 

Year Ended December 31,

% Increase/(Decrease)

2021

2020

2021 vs 2020

$ 

424.2  $ 

94.9 
84.6 
56.2 

401.4 
81.3 
51.2 
44.9 
578.8 

 5.7 
 16.6 
 65.2 
 25.3 
 14.0 

Segment Operating Profit (1)

$ 

659.9  $ 

(1) See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a reconciliation of segment 

operating profit to our consolidated income from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishment of debt and taxes.

Americas

Americas net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $194.3 million, or 13.3%, compared to 
the  prior  year,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  $68.9  million  increase  in  sales  volumes  of  existing  products 
largely stemming from the impact that the COVID-19 pandemic had on the prior year, net revenues of $60.6 million 
generated by the Z-Medica acquisition, a $32.9 million increase in new product sales and, to a lesser extent, price 
increases.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Americas operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $22.8 million, or 5.7%, compared to 
the  prior  year,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  an  increase  in  gross  profit  resulting  from  higher  sales  partially 
offset by a benefit recognized in the prior year resulting from decreases in the estimated fair value of our contingent 
consideration liabilities stemming from the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and expenses incurred by Z-Medica.

In  November  2021,  the  Center  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid  Services  (CMS)  published  its  Physician  Fee 
Schedule  (PFS)  and  Outpatient  Prospective  Payment  System  (OPPS)  rates  for  calendar  year  2022.  The  rules, 
among  other  things,  provide  for  updates  with  respect  to  the  rates  used  to  determine  the  reimbursement  amounts 
received  by  healthcare  providers  across  a  broad  range  of  healthcare  procedures,  including  our  UroLift  System 
procedure.  Specifically,  for  UroLift  procedures  performed  in  a  physician  office  setting,  the  reimbursement  rates 
outlined in the PFS will be reduced by 19-21%, as compared to 2021, and will be phased in over four years, while 
the  reimbursement  rates  outlined  in  the  OPPS  for  UroLift  procedures  performed  in  the  hospital  outpatient  or 
ambulatory  surgical  center  setting  are  3%  higher  as  compared  to  2021.  On  December  10,  2021,  President  Biden 
signed into law the “Protecting Medicare and American Farmers from Sequester Cuts Act”. Among other things, the 
law increased the conversion factor in the PFS by 3% for 2022 versus the final rule issued in November. While it is 
uncertain  how  the  changes  in  reimbursement  rates  will  impact  the  financial  performance  of  the  Interventional 
Urology product portfolio over time, we do not anticipate the changes will have a significant impact on the financial 
performance of our Interventional Urology product portfolio in 2022. We anticipate that this decision may cause our 
provider  community  to  migrate  patients  to  the  ambulatory  surgical  center  or  hospital  outpatient  setting.  Going 
forward,  we  plan  to  implement  strategies  to  limit  any  negative  impacts  on  patient  access  to  safe  and  effective 
clinical care in the office setting.

EMEA

EMEA net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $21.9 million, or 3.8%, compared to the 
prior  year,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  $25.9  million  of  favorable  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange 
rates partially offset by a $10.5 million decrease in sales volumes attributed to the Respiratory business divestiture.

EMEA operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $13.6 million, or 16.6%, compared to 
the prior year, which was primarily attributable to favorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and an 
increase in gross profit resulting from favorable mix partially offset by an increase in EU MDR costs within research 
and development.

Asia

Asia net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $30.8 million, or 11.5%, compared to the 
prior  year,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  $13.1  million  net  increase  in  sales  volumes  of  existing  products 
largely  stemming  from  the  impact  that  the  COVID-19  pandemic  had  on  the  prior  year,  $12.4  million  of  favorable 
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and $9.3 million in new product sales. The increases in net revenues 
were partially offset by a $9.0 million decrease in sales volumes attributed to the Respiratory business divestiture.

Asia operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $33.4 million, or 65.2%, compared to the 
prior  year,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  an  increase  in  gross  profit  resulting  from  higher  sales,  favorable 
fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  and  a  benefit  from  the  reversal  of  a  contingent  liability  related  to 
tariffs  imposed  by  Chinese  authorities,  which  is  described  further  in  Note  17  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.  The  increases  in  operating  profit  were  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  selling  expenses  to  support 
higher sales.

OEM

OEM net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $25.4 million, or 11.5% compared to the 
prior year which was primarily attributable to a $13.7 million increase in sales volumes of existing products largely 
stemming  from  the  impact  that  the  COVID-19  pandemic  had  on  the  prior  year,  a  $5.8  million  increase  in  new 
product sales and net revenues generated by the HPC acquisition.

OEM operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $11.3 million, or 25.3%, compared to the  

prior year, which was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We  assess  our  liquidity  in  terms  of  our  ability  to  generate  cash  to  fund  our  operating,  investing  and  financing 

37

activities. Our principal source of liquidity is our cash flows provided by operating activities.  Our cash flows provided 
by operating activities are reduced by cash used to, among other things, fulfill contractual obligations for minimum 
lease payments under noncancellable operating leases, which often extend beyond one year; the weighted average 
remaining lease term of our operating lease portfolio is 7.9 years. Our cash flows provided by operating activities 
are  also  reduced  by  cash  used  for  unconditional  legally  binding  commitments  to  purchase  goods  or  services  (i.e. 
purchase obligations), which primarily related to inventory expected to be purchased within one year. Our net cash 
provided by operating activities was significantly in excess of amounts paid pursuant to these contractual obligations 
for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Other significant factors that affect our overall management of liquidity include contractual obligations such as 
scheduled principal and interest payments with respect to outstanding indebtedness, tax on deemed repatriation of 
non-U.S. earnings, which will be paid annually over the next four years, and annual pension funding. We may also 
be  obligated  to  make  payments  for  contingent  consideration  due  to  past  acquisitions,  the  timing  and  amount  of 
which may be uncertain, and the magnitude of which can vary from year to year. Other significant factors that affect 
our liquidity include certain actions controlled by management such as capital expenditures, acquisitions, dividends 
and incremental pension and post-retirement benefit payments. See Note 10, Note 12, Note 15 and Note 16 to the 
consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

We  believe  our  cash  flow  from  operations,  available  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  borrowings  under  our 
revolving  credit  facility  (which  is  provided  for  under  the  Credit Agreement)  and  accounts  receivable  securitization 
facility will enable us to fund our operating requirements, capital expenditures and debt obligations for the next 12 
months and the foreseeable future.

Of our $445.1 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2021, $352.5 million was held at non-U.S. 
subsidiaries.  We  manage  our  worldwide  cash  requirements  by  monitoring  the  funds  available  among  our 
subsidiaries and determining the extent to which we can access those funds on a cost effective basis.

In December 2021, we executed an intra-company transfer in which certain intellectual property rights held by 
several  of  our  subsidiaries  were  contributed  to  a  non-U.S.  subsidiary.  The  transfer  accelerated  certain  taxable 
income into the year ended December 31, 2021; however, the related current tax expense of $73.2 million, which is 
payable in 2022, was substantially offset by the reversal of existing deferred tax liabilities. 

We  have  entered  into  cross-currency  swap  agreements  with  different  financial  institution  counterparties  to 
hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate. Under the terms of the cross-currency 
swap agreements, we notionally exchanged in the aggregate $750 million for €653.1 million. The swap agreements, 
which begin to expire in October 2023, are designated as net investment hedges and require an exchange of the 
notional  amounts  upon  expiration  or  the  earlier  termination  of  the  agreements.  We  and  the  counterparties  have 
agreed to effect the exchange through a net settlement. As a result, we may be required to pay (or be entitled to 
receive) an amount equal to the difference, on the expiration or earlier termination dates, between the U.S. dollar 
equivalent of the €653.1 million notional amount and the $750 million notional amount. If, at the expiration or earlier 
termination of the swap agreements, the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate has increased or declined by 10% from 
the  rate  in  effect  at  the  inception  of  these  agreements,  we  would  receive  from  or  be  required  to  pay  to  the 
counterparties  an  aggregate  of  approximately  $75.0  million  in  respect  of  the  notional  settlement. As  of  December 
31, 2021, we had $21.7 million in current assets and $9.6 million in non-current assets related to the fair value of 
our  cross-currency  swap  agreements.  The  swap  agreements  entail  risk  that  the  counterparties  will  not  fulfill  their 
obligations under the agreements. However, we believe the risk is reduced because we have entered into separate 
agreements with different counterparties, all of which are large, well-established financial institutions. 

We may at any time, from time to time, repurchase our outstanding debt securities in open market purchases, 
via tender offers or in privately negotiated transactions, exchange transactions or otherwise, at such price or prices 
as  we  deem  appropriate.    Such  purchases  or  exchanges,  if  any,  will  depend  on  prevailing  market  conditions,  our 
liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors and may be commenced or suspended at any time.

Summarized Financial Information – Obligor Group

The    2027  Notes  are  issued  by  Teleflex  Incorporated  (the  “Parent  Company”),  and  payment  of  the  Parent 
Company's obligations  under the 2027 Notes is guaranteed, jointly and severally, by an enumerated group of the 
Parent Company’s subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The 
guarantees are full and unconditional, subject to certain customary release provisions. Each Guarantor Subsidiary is 
directly  or  indirectly  100%  owned  by  the  Parent  Company.  Summarized  financial  information  for  the  Parent  and 

38

Guarantor  Subsidiaries  (collectively,  the  “Obligor  Group”)  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  as 
follows:

Net revenue
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Income from continuing operations
Net income

Total current assets
Total assets
Total current liabilities
Total liabilities

Year Ended December 31, 2021

Obligor Group

Intercompany

Obligor Group 
(excluding 
intercompany)

$ 

1,975.5  $ 
1,037.4   
938.1   
208.9   
209.1   

206.1  $ 
145.4   
60.7   
203.0   
203.0   

1,769.4 
892.0 
877.4 
5.9 
6.1 

December 31, 2021

Obligor Group

Intercompany

Obligor Group 
(excluding 
intercompany)

$ 

812.5  $ 

53.6  $ 

3,084.4   
879.7   
3,541.2   

1,419.4   
523.6   
886.8   

758.9 
1,665.0 
356.1 
2,654.4 

The same accounting policies as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in our 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 are used by the Parent Company and each of 
its subsidiaries in connection with the summarized financial information presented above. The Intercompany column 
in the table above represents transactions between and among the Obligor Group and non-guarantor subsidiaries 
(i.e.  those  subsidiaries  of  the  Parent  Company  that  have  not  guaranteed  payment  of  the  2027  Notes).  Obligor 
investments  in  non-guarantor  subsidiaries  and  any  related  activity  are  excluded  from  the  financial  information 
presented  above. The  summarized  financial  information  presented  above  for  the  Obligor  Group  as  of  and  for  the 
year ended December 31, 2021 gives effect to the 2028 Notes issued in a private offering in May 2020.

See "Financing Arrangements" below as well as Note 10 and Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements 
included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  further  information  related  to  our  borrowings  and  financial 
instruments. 

Cash Flows

The following table provides a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:

Cash flows from continuing operations provided by (used in):

Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities

Cash flows used in discontinued operations
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

652.1  $ 
156.7 
(715.8)   
(0.7)   
(23.1)   
69.2  $ 

437.1 
(837.8) 
455.2 
(0.7) 
21.0 
74.8 

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  from  continuing  operations  was  $652.1  million  during  2021,  and 
$437.1 million during 2020. The $215.0 million increase was primarily attributable to favorable operating results and 
lower contingent consideration payments.  Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations also 
reflects  $33.8  million  of  proceeds  received  from  the  Respiratory  business  divestiture  attributed  to  performance 
obligations  under  the  MSTA,  which  were  largely  offset  by  tax  payments  related  to  the  Respiratory  business 
divestiture.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations was $156.7 million during 2021, primarily 
consisted  of  $224.0  million  in  net  proceeds  from  the  Respiratory  business  divestiture  and  capital  expenditures  of 
$71.6 million.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations was $715.8 million during 2021, which primarily 
consisted of a net reduction in borrowings of $634.5 million resulting from payments made against our Senior credit 
facility  using  proceeds  from  the  Respiratory  business  divestiture  and  operating  cash  flows.  Our  borrowings  were 
also  impacted  by  the  redemption  of  the  $400  million  2026  Notes,  which  was  funded  using  borrowings  under  the 
revolving credit facility. We also made dividend payments of $63.6 million and contingent consideration payments of 
$31.4 million.

For a discussion of our cash flow comparison for 2020 and 2019, refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 

the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

Free Cash Flow

Free  cash  flow  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  and  is  calculated  by  subtracting  capital  expenditures  from 
cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations. This financial measure is used in addition to and in 
conjunction  with  results  presented  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  U.S.,  or 
GAAP,  and  should  not  be  considered  a  substitute  for  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  from  continuing 
operations,  the  most  comparable  GAAP  financial  measure.  Management  believes  that  free  cash  flow  is  a  useful 
measure  to  investors  because  it  facilitates  an  assessment  of  funds  available  to  satisfy  current  and  future 
obligations,  pay  dividends  and  fund  acquisitions.  We  also  use  this  financial  measure  for  internal  managerial 
purposes  and  to  evaluate  period-to-period  comparisons.  Free  cash  flow  is  not  a  measure  of  cash  available  for 
discretionary  expenditures  since  we  have  certain  non-discretionary  obligations,  such  as  debt  service,  that  are  not 
deducted from the measure. We strongly encourage investors to review our financial statements and publicly-filed 
reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. The following is a reconciliation of free cash 
flow to the most comparable GAAP measure.

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations
Less: Capital expenditures

Free cash flow

Financing Arrangements

The following table provides our net debt to total capital ratio:

Net debt includes:

Current borrowings

Long-term borrowings

Unamortized debt issuance costs

Total debt

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Total capital includes:

Net debt

Shareholders’ equity

Total capital

Percent of net debt to total capital

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

652.1  $ 

71.6 

580.5  $ 

437.1 
90.7 
346.4 

2021

2020

$ 

110.0 

$ 

100.5 

1,740.1 

13.4 

1,863.5 

445.1 

1,418.4 

1,418.4 

3,754.7 

2,377.9 

19.6 

2,498.0 

375.9 

2,122.1 

2,122.1 

3,336.5 

$  5,173.1 

$  5,458.6 

 27.4 %

 38.9 %

Fixed rate debt comprised 53.7% and 56.0% of total debt at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The 
slight decline in fixed rate borrowings as a percentage of total borrowings as of December 31, 2021 compared to the 
prior year was due to the redemption of the 2026 Notes.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior credit facility

On April 5, 2019, we entered into a second amended and restated credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement"), 
which provides for a $1.0 billion revolving credit facility and a $700 million term loan facility, each of which matures 
on April 5, 2024.  The Credit Agreement replaces a previous credit agreement under which we were provided a $1.0 
billion credit facility and a $750 million term loan facility, due 2022 (the “prior term loan”). The $700 million term loan 
facility under the Credit Agreement principally was applied against the remaining $675 million principal balance of 
the prior term loan.  

At  our  option,  loans  under  the  Credit Agreement  will  bear  interest  at  a  rate  equal  to  adjusted  LIBOR  plus  an 
applicable margin ranging from 1.25% to 2.00% or at an alternate base rate, which is defined as the highest of (i) 
the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) 0.50% above the greater of the federal funds 
rate  and  the  rate  comprised  of  both  overnight  federal  funds  and  overnight  eurodollar  borrowings  and  (iii)  1.00% 
above adjusted LIBOR for a one month interest period, plus in each case an applicable margin ranging from 0.125% 
to  1.00%,  in  each  case  subject  to  adjustments  based  on  our  consolidated  total  net  leverage  ratio  (generally, 
Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness (which is net of “Qualified Cash”), as defined in the Credit Agreement, on 
the  date  of  determination  to  Consolidated  EBITDA,  as  defined  in  the  Credit Agreement,  for  the  four  most  recent 
fiscal  quarters  ending  on  or  preceding  the  date  of  determination).  Overdue  loans  will  bear  interest  at  the  rate 
otherwise applicable to such loans plus 2.00%.  

At December 31, 2021, we had $141.0 million in borrowings outstanding and $1.8 million in outstanding standby 

letters of credit under our $1.0 billion revolving credit facility.

The  Credit Agreement  contains  covenants  that,  among  other  things  and  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  place 
limitations on our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness; create additional liens; 
enter  into  a  merger,  consolidation  or  amalgamation  or  other  defined  "fundamental  changes,"  dispose  of  certain 
assets, make certain investments or acquisitions, pay dividends, or make other restricted payments, enter into swap 
agreements  or  enter  into  transactions  with  our  affiliates.  Additionally,  the  Credit  Agreement  contains  financial 
covenants that, subject to specified exceptions, require us to maintain a consolidated total net leverage ratio of not 
more than 4.50 to 1.00 and a consolidated interest coverage ratio (generally, Consolidated EBITDA for the four most 
recent fiscal quarters ending on or preceding the date of determination to Consolidated Interest Expense, as defined 
in the Credit Agreement, paid in cash for such period) of not less than 3.50 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2021, we 
were in compliance with the covenants in the Credit Agreement.

Redemption of 2026 Senior Notes

On  April  29,  2021,  we  issued  a  notice  of  redemption  to  holders  of  our  outstanding  $400  million  aggregate 
principal amount of the 2026 Notes. Pursuant to the notice of redemption, the 2026 Notes were redeemed on June 
1,  2021  (the  “Redemption  Date”)  using  borrowings  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  and  cash  on  hand  at  a 
redemption price equal to 102.438% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest up 
to,  but  not  including,  the  Redemption  Date  (the  “Redemption  Price”).  We  recognized  a  loss  on  extinguishment  of 
debt of $13.0 million as a result of the redemption of the 2026 Notes.

2027 and 2028 Senior Notes

As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding principal amount of our 2027 Notes and 2028 Notes (collectively the 
"Senior Notes") was $500 million, respectively. The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains covenants that, 
among other things among other things and subject to certain exceptions, limit or restrict our ability, and the ability 
of our subsidiaries, to create liens; consolidate, merge or dispose of certain assets; and enter into sale leaseback 
transactions. The obligations under the Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, 
by each of our existing and future 100% owned domestic subsidiaries that are a guarantor or other obligor under the 
Credit Agreement  and  by  certain  of  our  other  100%  owned  domestic  subsidiaries. As  of  December  31,  2021,  we 
were in compliance with all of the terms of our Senior Notes.

Accounts receivable securitization

We  have  an  accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  under  which  we  sell  an  undivided  interest  in  domestic 
accounts receivable for consideration of up to $75 million to a commercial paper conduit. As of December 31, 2021 
and  2019,  we  borrowed  the  maximum  amount  available  of  $75  million  under  this  facility. This  facility  is  utilized  to 
provide  increased  flexibility  in  funding  short  term  working  capital  requirements.  The  agreement  governing  the 
accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  contains  certain  covenants  and  termination  events. An  occurrence  of  an 
event of default or a termination event under this facility may give rise to the right of our counterparty to terminate 

41

this facility. As of December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with the covenants and none of the termination events 
had occurred. 

For  additional  information  regarding  our  indebtedness,  see  Note  10  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements 

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make 
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent 
assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses 
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from the amounts derived from those estimates and 
assumptions. 

We have identified the following as critical accounting estimates, which are defined as those that are reflective 
of significant judgments and uncertainties, are the most pervasive and important to the presentation of our financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations  and  could  potentially  result  in  materially  different  results  under  different 
assumptions  and  conditions. The  following  discussion  should  be  considered  in  conjunction  with  the  description  of 
our accounting policies in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Allowance for Credit Losses

In the ordinary course of business, we grant non-interest bearing trade credit to our customers on normal credit 
terms.  In  an  effort  to  reduce  our  credit  risk,  we  (i)  establish  credit  limits  for  all  of  our  customer  relationships,  (ii) 
perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition, (iii) monitor the payment history and aging 
of our customers’ receivables, and (iv) monitor open orders against an individual customer’s outstanding receivable 
balance.

An allowance for credit losses is maintained for trade accounts receivable based on the expected collectability 
of  accounts  receivable  and  the  losses  expected  to  be  incurred  over  the  life  of  our  receivables.  Considerations  to 
determine credit losses include our historical collection experience, the length of time an account is outstanding, the 
financial  position  of  the  customer,  information  provided  by  credit  rating  services  as  well  as  the  consideration  of 
events  or  circumstances  indicating  historic  collection  rates  may  not  be  indicative  of  future  collectability.  Our 
allowance for credit losses was $10.8 million and $12.9 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which 
constituted 2.6% and 3.0% of gross trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The 
current portion of the allowance for credit losses, which was $6.0 million and $8.1 million as of December 31, 2021 
and 2020, respectively, was recognized as a reduction of accounts receivable, net.

Although  we  maintain  an  allowance  for  credit  losses  to  cover  the  estimated  losses  which  may  occur  when 
customers  cannot  make  their  required  payments,  we  cannot  be  assured  that  the  allowances  will  be  sufficient  to 
cover future losses given the volatility in the worldwide economy and the possibility that other, unanticipated events 
may  adversely  affect  collectability  of  the  accounts.  If  our  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  insufficient  to  address 
receivables we ultimately determine are uncollectible, we would be required to incur additional charges, which could 
materially adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, our inability to collect outstanding receivables could 
adversely affect our financial condition and cash flow from operations.

Distributor Rebates

We offer rebates to certain distributors and record a reserve with respect to the estimated amount of the rebates 
as a reduction of revenues at the time of sale. In estimating rebates, we consider the lag time between the point of 
sale and the payment of the distributor’s rebate claim, distributor-specific trend analyses, contractual commitments, 
including stated rebate rates, historical experience and other relevant information. When necessary, we adjust the 
reserves,  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  revenue,  to  reflect  differences  between  estimated  and  actual 
experience. Historical adjustments to recorded reserves have not been significant and we do not expect significant 
revisions  to  the  estimated  rebates  in  the  future.  The  reserve  for  estimated  rebates  was  $26.4  million  and  $28.5 
million  at  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  We  expect  to  pay  amounts  subject  to  the  reserve  as  of 
December 31, 2021 within 90 days subsequent to year-end.

42

 
Inventory Utilization

Inventories  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value.  Factors  utilized  in  the  determination  of 
estimated net realizable value and whether a reserve is required include (i) current sales data and historical return 
rates, (ii) estimates of future demand, (iii) competitive pricing pressures, (iv) new product introductions, (v) product 
expiration dates, and (vi) component and packaging obsolescence.

We review the net realizable value of inventory each reporting period and adjusted as necessary.  We regularly 
compare  inventory  quantities  on  hand  against  historical  usage  or  forecasts  related  to  specific  items  in  order  to 
evaluate  obsolescence  and  excessive  quantities.  In  assessing  historical  usage,  we  also  qualitatively  assess 
business  trends  to  evaluate  the  reasonableness  of  using  historical  information  in  estimating  future  usage.  Our 
inventory reserve was $42.7 million and $42.9 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Long-Lived Assets

We assess the remaining useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances 
indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For example, such an assessment may be initiated 
if, as a result of a change in expectations, we believe it is more likely than not that the asset will be sold or disposed 
of  significantly  before  the  end  of  its  useful  life  or  if  an  adverse  change  occurs  in  the  business  employing  the 
asset. Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether such events or circumstances have occurred 
and determining the appropriate asset group requiring evaluation. The recoverability evaluation is based on various 
analyses,  including  undiscounted  cash  flow  projections,  which  involve  significant  management  judgment.  Any 
impairment loss, if indicated, equals the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated 
fair value of the asset.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets (such as goodwill, certain trade names and in-process research 
and  development  ("IPR&D")),  as  well  as  finite-lived  intangibles  (such  as  trade  names  that  do  not  have  indefinite 
lives,  customer  relationships,  intellectual  property,  distribution  rights  and  non-competition  agreements)  and  are, 
generally, obtained through acquisition.  Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured at fair 
value  and  we  allocate  any  excess  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  the  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets 
acquired  in  a  business  combination  to  goodwill.  Considerable  management  judgment  is  necessary  in  making  the 
assumptions used in the estimated fair value of intangible assets acquired in a business combination.

The costs of finite-lived intangibles are amortized to expense over their estimated useful life. Determining the 
useful life of an intangible asset requires considerable judgment as different types of intangible assets typically will 
have  different  useful  lives.  Goodwill  and  other  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized;  we  test  these 
assets annually for impairment during the fourth quarter, using the first day of the quarter as the measurement date, 
or  earlier  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events  or  substantive  changes  in  circumstances  that  indicate  an 
impairment may have occurred. Such conditions may include an economic downturn in a geographic market or a 
change in the assessment of future operations.   

Goodwill

Goodwill impairment assessments are performed at a reporting unit level. For purposes of this assessment, our 
reporting units are our operating segments, or, in certain cases, a business one level below our operating segments. 
As the fair values of our reporting units are more likely than not greater than the carrying values, no impairment was 
recorded as a result of the annual goodwill impairment testing performed during the fourth quarter of 2021. 

In applying the goodwill impairment test, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include, but are 
not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market 
for our products and services, regulatory and political developments, and entity specific factors such as strategies 
and  financial  performance.  If,  after  completing  the  qualitative  assessment,  we  determine  it  is  more  likely  than  not 
that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  value,  we  proceed  to  a  quantitative  impairment  test 
described below. Alternatively, we may test goodwill for impairment through the quantitative impairment test without 
conducting the qualitative analysis. 

Under  a  quantitative  impairment  test  we  compare  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  to  the  carrying  value.  We 
calculate  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  using  a  combination  of  two  methods;  one  which  estimates  the 
discounted  cash  flows  of  the  reporting  unit  based  on  projected  earnings  in  the  future  (the  Income Approach)  and 

43

one  which  is  based  on  revenue  and  EBITDA  of  similar  businesses  to  those  of  the  reporting  unit  in  actual 
transactions  (the  Market Approach).  If  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  exceeds  the  carrying  value,  there  is  no 
impairment. If the reporting unit carrying value exceeds the fair value, we recognize an impairment loss based on 
the amount the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value.

The more significant judgments and assumptions in determining fair value using in the Income Approach include 
(1) the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, which are based primarily on our estimates of future sales, 
operating income, industry trends and the regulatory environment of the individual reporting units, (2) the expected 
long-term growth rates for each of our reporting units, which approximate the expected long-term growth rate of the 
global  economy  and  of  the  medical  device  industry,  and  (3)  the  discount  rates  that  are  used  to  estimate  present 
value of the future cash flows, which are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows of the 
respective reporting units along with various market based inputs. The more significant judgments and assumptions 
used  in  the  Market  Approach  include  (1)  determination  of  appropriate  revenue  and  EBITDA  multiples  used  to 
estimate  a  reporting  unit’s  fair  value  and  (2)  the  selection  of  appropriate  comparable  companies  to  be  used  for 
purposes  of  determining  those  multiples.  There  were  no  changes  to  the  underlying  methods  used  in  2021  as 
compared to the valuations of our reporting units in the past several years. 

Our  expected  future  growth  rates  estimated  for  purposes  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  are  based  on  our 
estimates of future sales, operating income and cash flow and are consistent with our internal budgets and business 
plans, which reflect a modest amount of core revenue growth coupled with the successful launch of new products 
each year; the effect of these growth indicators more than offset volume losses from products that are expected to 
reach the end of their life cycle. Changes in assumptions underlying the Income Approach could cause a reporting 
unit's carrying value to exceed its fair value. While we believe our assumed growth rates of sales and cash flows are 
reasonable, the possibility remains that the revenue growth of a reporting unit may not be as high as expected, and, 
as  a  result,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  that  reporting  unit  may  decline.  In  this  regard,  if  our  strategy  and  new 
products are not successful and we do not achieve anticipated core revenue growth in the future with respect to a 
reporting  unit,  the  goodwill  in  the  reporting  unit  may  become  impaired  and,  in  such  case,  we  may  incur  material 
impairment  charges.  Moreover,  changes  in  revenue  and  EBITDA  multiples  in  actual  transactions  from  those 
historically  present  could  result  in  an  assessment  that  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying  value  exceeds  its  fair  value,  in 
which case we also may incur material impairment charges.

Other Intangible Assets

Intangible  assets  are  assets  acquired  that  lack  physical  substance  and  that  meet  the  specified  criteria  for 
recognition  apart  from  goodwill.  Management  tests  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  for  impairment  annually,  and 
more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  an  impairment  may  have  occurred.  Similar  to 
the goodwill impairment test process, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than 
not  that  the  fair  value  of  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  less  than  its  carrying  value.  If,  after  completing  the 
qualitative  assessment,  we  determine  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  indefinite-lived  intangible 
asset is greater than its carrying amount, the asset is not impaired. If we conclude it is more likely than not that the 
fair  value  of  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  less  than  the  carrying  value,  we  then  proceed  to  a  quantitative 
impairment  test,  which  consists  of  a  comparison  of  the  fair  value  of  the  intangible  asset  to  its  carrying  amount. 
Alternatively,  we  may  elect  to  forgo  the  qualitative  analysis  and  test  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  for 
impairment through the quantitative impairment test. 

In connection with intangible assets acquired in a business combination and quantitative impairment tests, we 
determine  the  estimated  fair  value  using  various  methods  under  the  Income  Approach.  The  more  significant 
judgments and assumptions used in the valuation of intangible assets may include revenue growth rates,  royalty 
rate,  discount  rate,  attrition  rate,  and  EBITDA  margin.  Each  of  these  factors  and  assumptions  can  significantly 
impact the value of the intangible asset. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  we  recorded  impairment  charges  of  $6.7  million  related  to  our 
decision to abandon intellectual property and other assets primarily associated with our respiratory product portfolio 
that  was  not  transferred  to  Medline  as  part  of  the  Respiratory  business  divestiture.  See  "Restructuring  and 
impairment charges" within "Result of Operations" above as well as Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements 
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on these charges. 

Share-based Compensation

We estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant and recognize as expense the value of 
the  portion  of  the  award  that  is  ultimately  expected  to  vest  over  the  requisite  service  periods.  Share-based 

44

 
 
compensation expense related to stock options is measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes 
into  account  subjective  and  complex  assumptions  with  respect  to  the  expected  life  of  options,  volatility,  risk-free 
interest  rate  and  expected  dividend  yield.  The  expected  life  of  options  granted  represents  the  period  of  time  that 
options are expected to be outstanding, which is derived from the vesting period of the award, as well as historical 
exercise  behavior.  Expected  volatility  is  based  on  a  blend  of  historical  volatility  and  implied  volatility  derived  from 
publicly traded options to purchase our common stock, which we believe is more reflective of market conditions and 
a better indicator of expected volatility than solely using historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is the implied 
yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the 
option. Share-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock units is measured based on the 
market price of the underlying stock on the grant date discounted for the risk free interest rate and the present value 
of expected dividends over the vesting period. Share based compensation expense for 2021 and 2020 was $22.9 
million and $20.7 million, respectively.

Contingent Consideration Liabilities

In connection with  an acquisition, we may be  required  to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the 
achievement  of  specified  objectives,  such  as  receipt  of  regulatory  approval,  commercialization  of  a  product  or 
achievement of sales targets. As of the acquisition date, we record a contingent liability representing the estimated 
fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  we  expect  to  pay.  We  determined  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent 
consideration  liabilities  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  analysis.  Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  the 
assumptions used to calculate the fair value of the contingent consideration. Increases in projected revenues and 
probabilities of payment may result in significantly higher fair value measurements; decreases in these items may 
have the opposite effect. Increases in discount rates in the periods prior to payment may result in significantly lower 
fair  value  measurements;  decreases  may  have  the  opposite  effect.  See  Note  12  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

We  remeasure  our  contingent  consideration  liabilities  each  reporting  period  and  recognize  the  change  in  the 
liabilities' fair value within selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of income. As 
of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  we  accrued  $9.8  million  and  $36.6  million  of  contingent  consideration, 
respectively. 

Income Taxes

Our  annual  provision  for  income  taxes  and  determination  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  require 
management  to  assess  uncertainties,  make  judgments  regarding  outcomes  and  utilize  estimates.  The  difficulties 
inherent in such assessments, judgments and estimates are particularly challenging because we conduct a broad 
range  of  operations  around  the  world,  subjecting  us  to  complex  tax  regulations  in  numerous  international 
jurisdictions.  As a result, we are at times subject to tax audits, disputes with tax authorities and potential litigation, 
the  outcome  of  which  is  uncertain.  In  connection  with  its  estimates  of  our  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  management 
must, among other things, make judgments about the outcome of these uncertain matters. 

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  and  recorded  using  currently  enacted  tax  rates  that  are 
expected  to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying 
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases are recovered or settled. The likelihood of a material 
change in our expected realization of these assets is dependent on future taxable income, our ability to use foreign 
tax  credit  carryforwards  and  carrybacks,  final  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  tax  settlements,  changes  in  tax  law,  and  the 
effectiveness of our tax planning strategies in the various relevant jurisdictions. While management believes that its 
judgments and interpretations regarding income taxes are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience 
may require future adjustments to our tax assets and liabilities, which could be material.  

In  assessing  the  realizability  of  our  deferred  tax  assets,  we  evaluate  positive  and  negative  evidence  and  use 
judgments  regarding  past  and  future  events,  including  results  of  operations  and  available  tax  planning  strategies 
that could be implemented to realize the deferred tax assets. Based on this assessment, we determine when it is 
more likely than not that all or some portion of our deferred tax assets may not be realized, in which case we apply 
a  valuation  allowance  to  offset  the  amount  of  such  deferred  tax  assets.  To  the  extent  facts  and  circumstances 
change in the future, adjustments to the valuation allowances may be required. The valuation allowance for deferred 
tax assets of $143.2 million and $155.0 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, relates principally to 
the uncertainty of the utilization of tax loss and credit carryforwards in various jurisdictions.

Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  income  tax  provisions  and  in  evaluating  tax  positions.  We 
establish  additional  provisions  for  income  taxes  when,  despite  the  belief  that  tax  positions  are  supportable,  there 

45

 
remain  certain  positions  that  do  not  meet  the  minimum  probability  threshold,  which  is  a  tax  position  that  is  more 
likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  examination  by  the  applicable  taxing  authority.  In  the  normal  course  of 
business, we are examined by various federal, state and non-U.S. tax authorities. We regularly assess the potential 
outcomes  of  these  examinations  and  any  future  examinations  for  the  current  or  prior  years  in  determining  the 
adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We adjust the income tax provision, the current tax liability and deferred 
taxes  in  any  period  in  which  we  become  aware  of  facts  that  necessitate  an  adjustment.  We  are  currently  under 
examination  in  Ireland  and  Germany.  The  ultimate  outcome  of  these  examinations  could  result  in  increases  or 
decreases to our recorded tax liabilities, which would affect our financial results. See Note 15 to the consolidated 
financial  statements  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  additional  information  regarding  our  uncertain  tax 
positions.

New Accounting Standards

See  Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  a 
discussion  of  recently  issued  accounting  standards,  including  estimated  effects,  if  any,  of  the  adoption  of  those 
standards on our consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We  are  exposed  to  certain  financial  risks,  specifically  fluctuations  in  market  interest  rates,  foreign  currency 
exchange  rates  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  commodity  prices.  We  address  these  risks  through  a  risk  management 
program  that  includes  the  use  of  derivative  financial  instruments.  We  do  not  enter  into  derivative  instruments  for 
trading  or  speculative  purposes.  We  manage  our  exposure  to  counterparty  risk  on  derivative  instruments  by 
entering into contracts with a diversified group of major financial institutions and by actively monitoring outstanding 
positions. 

We also are exposed to changes in the market trading price of our common stock as it influences the valuation 

of stock options and their effect on earnings.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to changes in interest rates as a result of our borrowing activities and our cash balances. The 
table below provides information regarding the interest rates by year of maturity for our fixed and variable rate debt 
obligations.  Variable  interest  rates  on  December  31,  2021  were  determined  using  a  base  rate  of  the  one-month 
LIBOR rate plus the applicable spread. 

Year of Maturity

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Thereafter

Total

Fixed rate debt

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$  1,000.0 

$ 

1,000.0 

Average interest rate

 — %

 — %

 — %

 — %

 — %

 4.438 %

 4.438 %

Variable rate debt

$  110.0 

$ 

43.8 

$  709.7 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

863.5 

Average interest rate

 1.153 %

 1.479 %

 1.479 %

 — %

 — %

 — %

 1.438 %

A change of 1.0% in variable interest rates would increase or decrease annual interest expense by $8.6 million 

based on our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2021.

Foreign Currency Risk

The global nature of our operations exposes us to foreign currency risks.  These risks include exposure from the 
effect  of  fluctuating  exchange  rates  on  payables  and  receivables  as  well  as  intercompany  loans  relating  to 
transactions that are denominated in currencies other than a location’s functional currency and exposure that arises 
from  translating  the  results  of  our  worldwide  operations  to  the  U.S.  dollar  at  exchange  rates  that  have  fluctuated 
from  the  beginning  of  a  reporting  period.  Our  principal  currency  exposures  relate  to  the  Euro,  Chinese  Renminbi, 
Canadian Dollar, Malaysian Ringgit, Mexican Peso, British Pound, and Czech Koruna. We utilize foreign currency 
forward exchange contracts and cross-currency interest rate swap contracts to attempt to minimize our exposure to 
these  risks.  Gains  and  losses  on  these  contracts  substantially  offset  losses  and  gains  on  the  underlying  hedged 
transactions.  

As of December 31, 2021, the total notional  amount  for the  foreign  currency  forward exchange contracts and 
cross-currency  interest  rates  swap  contracts,  expressed  in  U.S.  dollars,  was  $310.7  million  and  $750.0  million, 
respectively.  A sensitivity analysis of changes in fair value of these contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2021, 
while  not  predictive  in  nature,  indicated  that  a  hypothetical  10%  increase/decrease  in  the  value  of  the  U.S.  dollar 

46

 
 
 
against  all  currencies  would  increase/decrease  the  fair  value  of  these  contracts  by  $78.9  million,  the  majority  of 
which relates to the cross-currency interest rate swap contracts.

See  Note  11  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
information  regarding  the  accounting  treatment  of  our  foreign  currency  forward  exchange  contracts  and  cross-
currency interest rates swap contracts.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The  financial  statements  and  supplementary  data  required  by  this  Item  are  included  herein,  commencing  on 

page F-1.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the 
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on 
that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and 
procedures  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  were  functioning  effectively  to  provide  reasonable 
assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and 
forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  disclosure. A  controls  system  cannot  provide 
absolute assurance, however, that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can 
provide  absolute  assurance  that  all  control  issues  and  instances  of  fraud,  if  any,  within  a  company  have  been 
detected.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our  management’s  report  on  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  set  forth  on  page  F-2  of  this  Annual 

Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.

(c) Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

At the beginning of October 2021, we integrated the enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system used by Z-
Medica  business  with  our  global  ERP  system. This  conversion  impacts  certain  interfaces  with  our  customers  and 
suppliers,  resulting  in  changes  to  the  tools  we  use  to  take  orders,  procure  materials,  schedule  production,  remit 
billings, make payments and perform other business functions. We believe that the expanded utilization of the ERP 
system  and  related  changes  to  processes  and  internal  controls  will  enhance  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting by improving the efficiency of certain financial and related transaction processes while providing us with 
the ability to scale our business.

Other than the ERP system upgrade discussed above, no change in our internal control over financial reporting 
occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, 
our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

47

 
PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

For  the  information  required  by  this  Item  10  with  respect  to  our  Executive  Officers,  see  Part  I,  Item  1.  of  this 
report.  For the other information required by this Item 10, see “Election Of Directors,” “Nominees for Election to the 
Board  of  Directors,”  “Corporate  Governance”  and  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance,”  in 
the Proxy Statement for our 2022 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy 
Statement for our 2022 Annual Meeting will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

For  the  information  required  by  this  Item  11,  see  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis,”  “Compensation 
Committee  Report,”  and  “Executive  Compensation”  in  the  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2022  Annual  Meeting,  which 
information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

For  the  information  required  by  this  Item  12  with  respect  to  beneficial  ownership  of  our  common  stock,  see 
“Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  in  the  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2022 Annual 
Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2021 regarding our equity plans:

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans 

approved by security holders

Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants, and Rights (1)
(A)

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants, and Rights

Number of Securities Remaining 
Available for Future Issuance 
Under Equity Compensation
 Plans (Excluding Securities 
Reflected in Column (A))

(B)

(C)

1,107,999

$214.13

3,082,554

(1)    The  number  of  securities  in  column  (A)  exclude  42,272  shares  of  common  stock  underlying  performance  stock  units  if  maximum 
performance levels are achieved; the actual number of shares, if any, to be issued with respect to the performance stock units will be 
based on performance with respect to specified financial and relative stock price measures.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

For  the  information  required  by  this  Item  13,  see  “Certain  Transactions”  and  “Corporate  Governance”  in  the 

Proxy Statement for our 2022 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

For  the  information  required  by  this  Item  14,  see  “Audit  and  Non-Audit  Fees”  and  “Audit  Committee  Pre-
Approval Procedures” in the Proxy Statement for our 2022 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein 
by reference.

48

 
 ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

Consolidated Financial Statements:

PART IV

The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule is set forth on page F-1 of this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K.

(b)

Exhibits:

The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report (unless otherwise

indicated, the file number with respect to each filed document is 1-5353):

Exhibit No.

Description

*3.1.1 — Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to 

the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2018).

*3.1.2 — Amendment  to  Article  Thirteenth  of  the  Company’s  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (incorporated  by 

reference to Exhibit 3.1.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2018).

*3.1.3 — Amendment  to  the  first  paragraph  of Article  Fourth  of  the  Company’s  Certificate  of  Incorporation 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Proposal  2  of  the  Company’s  Proxy  Statement  filed  on  March  29, 
2007).

*3.2 — Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  of  the 

Company's Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2021).

*4.1.1 — Indenture,  dated  May  16,  2016,  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National 
Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-3 (File No 333-211276) filed on May 11, 2016).

*4.1.2 — Fourth  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  November  20,  2017,  by  and  among  the  Company,  the 
guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 20, 2017).

4.1.3 — Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated June 6, 2019, by and among Teleflex LLC, the Company and 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

4.1.4 — Eighth  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  February  25,  2021,  by  and  among  Z-Medica,  LLC,  the 

Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

*4.1.5 — Form of 4.625% Senior Note due 2027 (included in Exhibit 4.1.2).

*4.2.1 — Indenture,  dated  May  27,  2020,  by  and  among  the  Company,  the  guarantors  party  thereto  and 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s 
Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2020).

4.2.2 — First  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  February  25,  2021,  by  and  among  Z-Medica,  LLC,  the 

Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

*4.2.3 — Form of 4.25% Senior Note due 2028 (included in Exhibit 4.2.1).

*4.3 — Description  of  Company  securities  registered  under  Section  12  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of 
1934 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Form 10-K filed on February 21, 
2020).

^*10.1 — Teleflex  Incorporated  Retirement  Income  Plan  (formerly  known  as  the  Teleflex  Incorporated 
Salaried  Employees’  Pension  Plan),  as  amended  and  restated  effective  January  1,  2014 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 20, 2015).
^*10.2.1 — Teleflex  Incorporated  Directors'  Deferred  Compensation  Plan,  dated  November  22,  2019 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-K  filed  on  February  21, 
2020).

^*10.2.2 — Teleflex  Incorporated  Deferred  Compensation  Plan,  dated  November  22,  2019  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 21, 2020).

^10.3.1 — Amended and Restated Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, effective as of January 1, 2019.

^10.3.2 — First Amendment to Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, dated April 1, 2021.
^*10.4.1 — 2000  Stock  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Registration 

Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-38224), filed on May 31, 2000).

^*10.4.2 — Amendment, dated March 28, 2012, to 2000 Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference 

to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012).

49

 
Exhibit No.

Description

^*10.5.1 — 2008  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to Appendix A  to  the  Company’s  definitive 
Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 21, 2008).
^*10.5.2 — Amendment,  dated  March  28,  2012,  to  2008  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to 

Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012).

*10.5.3 — Form of Stock Option Agreement for stock options granted on or after January 1, 2013 under the 
Company’s  2008  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5.3  to  the 
Company's Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2014).

^*10.6 — Teleflex  Incorporated  2016  Executive  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to Appendix A  to 
the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2016  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  filed  on 
March 24, 2016).

^*10.7 — Teleflex  Incorporated  2014  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to Appendix A  to  the 
Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 
28, 2014).

^*10.8 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, between the Company and Liam 
Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2017).
^*10.9 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, between the Company and 
Liam Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 
2017).

^*10.10 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 26, 2013, between the Company and 
Thomas E. Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on 
April 30, 2013).

^*10.11 — Executive  Change  In  Control  Agreement,  dated  March  26,  2013,  between  the  Company  and 
Thomas E. Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on 
April 30, 2013).

^*10.12 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated February 17, 2016, between the Company 
and  Cameron  P.  Hicks  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.20  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-K 
filed on February 25, 2016).

^*10.13 — Executive  Change  In  Control  Agreement,  dated  February  17,  2016,  between  the  Company  and 
Cameron P. Hicks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on 
February 25, 2016).

^*10.14 — Contract of Employment, dated March 24, 2020, by and between the Company and James Winters 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2020).

^*10.15 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 24, 2020, between the Company and 
James  Winters  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-Q  filed  on 
April 30, 2020).

^*10.16 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 24, 2020, between the Company and James 
Winters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 
2020).

^*10.17 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated January 1, 2021, between the Company and 
Daniel V. Logue (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's Form 10-K filed on 
February 25, 2021).

^*10.18 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated January 1, 2021, between the Company and Daniel 
V. Logue (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company's Form 10-K filed on February 
25, 2021).

^*10.19 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated February 25, 2021, between the Company 
and Jay White (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q filed on April 
29, 2021).

^*10.20 — Executive Change In Control  Agreement, dated February 25, 2021, between the Company and Jay 
White  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Company's  Form  10-Q  filed  on April  29, 
2021).

^*10.21 — Second  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  dated  April  5,  2019,  among  the  Company, 
JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  administrative  agent,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  and  PNC  Bank, 
National  Association,  as  co-syndication  agents,  the  guarantors  party  thereto,  the  lenders  party 
thereto  and  each  other  party  thereto  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company’s 
Form 8-K filed on April 10, 2019).

^*10.22 — Form  of  Performance  Stock  Unit  Agreement  under  the  Company’s  2014  Stock  Incentive  Plan 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2018).

21 — Subsidiaries of the Company.

50

Exhibit No.

Description
22 — List of subsidiary guarantors and guaranteed securities
23 — Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
31.2 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
32.1 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.
32.2 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.

101.1 — The  following  materials  from  our Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2021,  formatted  in  XBRL  (eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language):  (i)  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Income  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  December  31,  2020  and 
December  31,  2019;  (ii)  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  years 
ended  December  31,  2021,  December  31,  2020  and  December  31,  2019;  (iii)  the  Consolidated 
Balance  Sheets  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  December  31,  2020;  (iv)  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  December  31,  2020  and 
December  31,  2019;  (v)  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in  Equity  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

104.1 — The cover page of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 

2021, formatted in inline XBRL (included in Exhibit 101.1).

_____________________________________________________
* 
^ 

Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of the filing indicated and  incorporated herein by reference.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.

 ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Registrants may voluntarily include a summary of information required by Form 10-K under this Item 16. We 

have elected not to include such summary information.

51

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 
duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized as of the 
date indicated below.

SIGNATURES

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

By:

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

Liam J. Kelly

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and as of the date indicated below.

By:

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

Liam J. Kelly

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Powell

Thomas E. Powell

Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer 
and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

By:

/s/ John R. Deren

John R. Deren
Corporate Vice President and Chief Accounting 
Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

By:

By:

By:

By:

/s/ George Babich, Jr.

George Babich, Jr.
Director

/s/ Candace H. Duncan
Candace H. Duncan
Director

/s/ Gretchen R. Haggerty
Gretchen R. Haggerty
Director

/s/ John C. Heinmiller
John C. Heinmiller
Director

Dated: March 1, 2022 

/s/ Dr. Stephen K. Klasko
Dr. Stephen K. Klasko
Director

/s/ Andrew A. Krakauer
Andrew A. Krakauer
Director

/s/ Richard A. Packer
Richard A. Packer
Director

/s/ Stuart A. Randle
Stuart A. Randle
Director

By:

By:

By:

By:

52

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 
2019

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in  Shareholders'  Equity  as  of  and  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

Schedule II Valuation and qualifying accounts as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 
and 2019

Page

F-2

F-3

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

F-10

F-11

Page

44

F-1

 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Teleflex Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing 
and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a 
process  designed  by,  or  under  the  supervision  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
effected by the Company's board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  provide  reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  provide  reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December  31,  2021.  In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  framework  established  in  Internal 
Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (COSO).  As  a  result  of  this  assessment  and  based  on  the  criteria  in  the  COSO  framework, 
management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
was effective.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has been 
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report 
which appears herein.

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

Liam J. Kelly

/s/ Thomas E. Powell

Thomas E. Powell

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

March 1, 2022

F-2

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Teleflex Incorporated

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  including  the  related  notes  and  financial  statement 
schedule,  of  Teleflex  Incorporated  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  listed  in  the  accompanying  index 
(collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  We  also  have  audited  the  Company's  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2021,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO).

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles 
generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of America. Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As  discussed  in  Note  1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  changed  the  manner  in  which  it 
accounts for leases in 2019.

Basis for Opinions

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective 
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our 
responsibility  is  to  express  opinions  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the 
Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with 
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations 
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB. Those  standards  require  that  we  plan 
and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free 
of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material 
misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures 
that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts 
and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting 
principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of 
the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an 
understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and 
testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our 
audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We 
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (i)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable 

F-3

assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may 
become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated 
financial  statements  that  was  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that  (i) 
relates  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  (ii)  involved  our 
especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter 
in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by 
communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below,  providing  a  separate  opinion  on  the  critical  audit  matter  or  on  the 
accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Gain on sale of the Respiratory business divestiture

As described in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to 
sell  certain  product  lines  within  its  global  respiratory  product  portfolio  to  Medline  Industries,  Inc.  (the  “Respiratory 
business  divestiture”).  In  connection  with  the  Respiratory  business  divestiture,  the  Company  also  entered  into 
ancillary  agreements  with  Medline  to  help  facilitate  the  transfer  of  the  business,  including  a  manufacturing  and 
supply  transition  agreement  (the  “MSTA”).  In  June  2021,  after  completing  the  initial  phase  of  the  Respiratory 
business  divestiture,  $33.8  million  of  the  proceeds  received  were  attributed  to  the  Company’s  performance 
obligations pursuant to the MSTA. The resulting liability was measured as the excess of the estimated fair value of 
the  services  to  be  performed  over  the  estimated  proceeds  management  expects  to  receive  over  the  MSTA  term. 
The  significant  assumption  used  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  the  services  to  be  performed  is  the  selection  of  an 
appropriate gross margin based on comparable companies. Additionally, management attributed $35.7 million of the 
Company’s Americas, EMEA and Asia reportable operating segments’ goodwill to the divested respiratory business 
based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  divested  respiratory  business  relative  to  the  fair  value  of  certain  of  the  Company’s 
reporting units. The fair values were estimated by management using a combination of the discounted cash flows 
based on projected future earnings (Income Approach) and market multiples of publicly traded companies in similar 
lines  of  business  (Market  Approach).  The  more  significant  judgments  and  assumptions  used  by  management  in 
determining fair value using the Income Approach include the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, and 
the  discount  rate  that  was  used  to  estimate  the  present  value  of  the  future  cash  flows.  The  more  significant 
judgments and assumptions used by management in determining fair value using the Market Approach include the 
determination  of  appropriate  revenue  and  EBITDA  market  multiples  based  on  the  selection  of  appropriate 
comparable companies.

The  principal  considerations  for  our  determination  that  performing  procedures  relating  to  the  gain  on  sale  of  the 
Respiratory  business  divestiture  is  a  critical  audit  matter  are  (i)  the  significant  judgment  by  management  in 
developing the fair values of the MSTA liability and reporting units, (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity 
and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to the selection of 
appropriate  gross  margin  based  on  comparable  companies  for  the  MSTA  liability,  and  the  discount  rate    in 
determining the fair value using the Income Approach and the revenue and EBITDA market multiples in determining 
the  fair  value  using  the  Market  Approach  for  the  reporting  units  and  (iii)  the  audit  effort  involved  the  use  of 
professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our 
overall  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  These  procedures  included  testing  the  effectiveness  of 
controls relating to the accounting for the divestiture, including controls over management’s valuation of the MSTA 
liability and the fair value of the divested respiratory business relative to the fair value of certain of the Company’s 
reporting  units.  These  procedures  also  included,  among  others,  (i)  reading  the  divestiture  agreement,  (ii)  testing 
management’s  process  for  developing  the  fair  value  estimates,  (iii)  evaluating  the  appropriateness  of  the  income 
and market approaches, (iv) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the approaches; and 
(v) evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions related to the gross margin for the MSTA liability, and 
the  discount  rate    in  determining  the  fair  value  using  the  Income Approach  and  the  revenue  and  EBITDA  market 
multiples  in  determining  the  fair  value  using  the  Market  Approach  for  the  reporting  units.  Evaluating  these 
assumptions involved evaluating whether the assumptions used were reasonable considering past performance of 

F-4

the  business  and  consistency  with  external  market  and  industry  data.  Professionals  with  specialized  skill  and 
knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s Income and Market approaches and the gross 
margin, discount rate and revenue and EBITDA market multiples assumptions.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 1, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1962. 

F-5

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Net revenues
Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Research and development expenses
Restructuring and impairment charges
Gain on sale of business and assets

Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on 
extinguishment of debt and taxes

Interest expense
Interest income
Loss on extinguishment of debt

Income from continuing operations before taxes
Taxes (benefit) on income from continuing operations

Income from continuing operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Taxes (benefit) on operating loss from discontinued operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income

Earnings per share:

Basic:

Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income

Diluted:

Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except
 per share)
$ 2,809,563  $ 2,537,156  $ 2,595,362 
  1,186,357 
  1,212,282 
  1,259,961 
  1,409,005 
  1,324,874 
  1,549,602 
851,766 
743,568 
860,085 
113,857 
119,747 
130,841 
22,205 
38,491 
21,738 
(6,077) 
— 
(91,157)   

423,068 
66,494 
(1,158)   
— 
357,732 
21,931 
335,801 

628,095 
56,969 
(1,328)   
12,986 
559,468 
74,349 
485,119 
331 
76 
255 

427,254 
80,270 
(1,741) 
8,822 
339,903 
(122,078) 
461,981 
(828) 
(313) 
(515) 
$  485,374  $  335,324  $  461,466 

(621)   
(144)   
(477)   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

10.37  $ 

0.01 

10.38  $ 

10.23  $ 
— 
10.23  $ 

7.22  $ 
(0.01)   
7.21  $ 

7.10  $ 
(0.01)   
7.09  $ 

10.00 
(0.01) 
9.99 

9.81 
(0.01) 
9.80 

46,774 
47,427 

46,488 
47,287 

46,200 
47,090 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

Foreign currency:

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of 
$(5,563), $6,442 and $(6,270), respectively

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

Pension and other postretirement benefits plans:

Prior service cost recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of 
$232, $(7) and $(20), respectively
Unamortized (loss) gain arising during the period, net of tax of 
$(1,671), $6,101 and $3,817, respectively
Plan amendments, curtailments, and settlements, net of tax of 
$—, $(1,067) and $—, respectively
Net loss recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of $(1,988), 
$(1,694) and $(1,611), respectively
Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $(238), $243 and 
$15, respectively

Pension and other postretirement benefits plans adjustment, net of 

tax

Derivatives qualifying as hedges:

Unrealized (loss) gain on derivatives arising during the period, 
net of tax $(27), $234 and $(85), respectively
Reclassification adjustment on derivatives included in net 
income, net of tax of $62, $(240) and $150, respectively

Derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax

 Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

 Comprehensive income

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

(Dollars in thousands)

$  485,374  $  335,324  $  461,466 

(63,191)   

(63,191)   

59,758 

59,758 

4,195 

4,195 

(780)   

26 

62 

5,582 

(19,966)   

(12,767) 

— 

3,544 

— 

6,555 

5,559 

5,319 

610 

(610)   

(44) 

11,967 

(11,447)   

(7,430) 

351 

(3,331)   

1,062 

1,212 

1,563 

2,114 

(1,217)   

(49,661)   

47,094 

(1,134) 

(72) 

(3,307) 

$  435,713  $  382,418  $  458,159 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,

2021
2020
(Dollars and shares in 
thousands, except per share)

ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid taxes

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net
Operating lease assets
Goodwill
Intangibles assets, net
Deferred tax assets
Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities

Current borrowings
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
Accrued interest
Income taxes payable
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities
Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ equity

Common shares, $1 par value Issued: 2021 — 47,929 shares; 2020 — 47,812 

shares

Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Less: Treasury stock, at cost

Total shareholders' equity

$ 

445,084  $ 
383,569 
477,643 
117,277 
5,545 
1,429,118 
443,758 
129,653 
2,504,202 
2,289,067 
6,820 
69,104 

375,880 
395,071 
513,196 
115,436 
22,842 
1,422,425 
473,912 
100,635 
2,585,966 
2,519,746 
8,073 
41,802 
$  6,871,722  $  7,152,559 

$ 

110,000  $ 
118,236 
163,441 
143,657 
5,209 
83,943 
55,633 
680,119 
1,740,102 
370,124 
45,185 
8,646 
116,033 

156,765 
3,116,974 

100,500 
102,520 
136,276 
122,366 
7,135 
17,361 
53,869 
540,027 
2,377,888 
484,678 
74,499 
10,127 
86,097 

242,786 
3,816,102 

47,929 
693,090 
3,517,954 

(346,959)   
3,912,014 
157,266 
3,754,748 

47,812 
652,305 
3,096,228 

(297,298) 
3,499,047 
162,590 
3,336,457 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$  6,871,722  $  7,152,559 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

(Dollars in thousands)

$  485,374  $  335,324  $  461,466 

515 
64,088 
149,974 
4,307 
8,822 
— 
53,915 
6,966 
26,940 
(6,077) 
(168,594) 

(26,092) 
(18,866) 
(5,800) 

(59,793) 
(53,170) 
(31,023) 
36,021 
(6,531) 
437,068 

(102,695) 
(3,462) 
14,345 
18,331 
— 
— 
(73,481) 

275,000 
(528,500) 
(11,635) 
21,206 
(112,079) 
(62,828) 
— 
(418,836) 

Cash flows from operating activities of continuing operations:

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

(Income) loss from discontinued operations
Depreciation expense
Intangible asset amortization expense
Deferred financing costs and debt discount amortization expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Fair value step up of acquired inventory sold
Changes in contingent consideration
Impairment of long-lived assets
Stock-based compensation
Net gain on sales of business and assets
Deferred income taxes, net
Payments for contingent consideration
Interest benefit on swaps designated as net investment hedges
Other

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and disposals:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
Income taxes receivable and payable, net

Cash flows from investing activities of continuing operations:

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment
Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of cash acquired
Proceeds from sales of business and assets
Net interest proceeds on swaps designated as net investment hedges
Proceeds from sales of investments
Purchase of investments

Cash flows from financing activities of continuing operations:

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities from continuing operations

(255) 
71,758 
165,604 
4,493 
12,986 
3,993 
8,475 
6,739 
22,937 
(91,157) 
(110,239) 

(230) 
(19,296) 
(36,388) 

(600) 
(11,138) 
(28,410) 
94,020 
73,473 
652,139 

(71,618) 
(4,590) 
224,909 
19,154 
7,300 
(18,418) 
156,737 

477 
68,567 
158,685 
4,430 
— 
1,707 
(38,164) 
21,388 
20,739 
— 
(32,675) 

(79,801) 
(19,178) 
(26,636) 

44,748 
(5,497) 
(4,323) 
646 
(13,294) 
437,143 

(90,694) 
(767,830) 
1,400 
19,341 
— 
— 
(837,783) 

Proceeds from new borrowings
Reduction in borrowings
Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment fees
Net proceeds from share based compensation plans and the related tax impacts
Payments for contingent consideration
Dividends paid
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities from continuing operations

400,000 
  (1,034,500) 
(9,774) 
12,451 
(31,448) 
(63,648) 
11,097 
(715,822) 

  1,513,807 
(938,807) 
(8,440) 
18,994 
(67,170) 
(63,221) 
— 
455,163 

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

Net cash (used in) provided by discontinued operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

(720) 
(720) 
(23,130) 
69,204 
375,880 

2,457 
2,457 
(3,286) 
(56,078) 
357,161 
$  445,084  $  375,880  $  301,083 

(737) 
(737) 
21,011 
74,797 
301,083 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Common Stock

Shares

Dollars

Additional
Paid in 
Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Accumulated 
Other Comprehensive
Income (loss)

Treasury Stock

Shares

Dollars

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Balance at December 31, 2018

 47,248  $ 47,248  $  574,761  $ 2,427,599  $ 

(341,085) 

  1,232  $ (168,545)  $  2,539,978 

Cumulative effect adjustment 
resulting from the adoption of new 
accounting standards

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive loss

Shares issued under compensation 

plans

 Deferred compensation

(1,321) 

  461,466 

(62,828) 

(3,307) 

(46) 

(4) 

2,572 

253 

(1,321) 

461,466 

(62,828) 

(3,307) 

44,952 

380 

288 

288 

42,092 

127 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 47,536 

 47,536 

  616,980 

  2,824,916 

(344,392) 

  1,182 

 (165,720) 

2,979,320 

Cumulative effect adjustment 
resulting from the adoption of new 
accounting standards

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive income

Shares issued under compensation 
plans

276 

276 

35,223 

 Deferred compensation

102 

(791) 

  335,324 

(63,221) 

47,094 

(44) 

(6) 

2,233 

897 

(791) 

335,324 

(63,221) 

47,094 

37,732 

999 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 47,812 

 47,812 

  652,305 

  3,096,228 

(297,298) 

  1,132 

 (162,590) 

3,336,457 

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive loss

Shares issued under compensation 
plans

Treasury stock reissued

Deferred compensation

117 

  — 

117 

— 

33,989 

6,349 

447 

  485,374 

(63,648) 

(49,661) 

485,374 

(63,648) 

(49,661) 

34,453 

11,097 

676 

(31) 

(28) 

(4) 

347 

4,748 

229 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 47,929  $ 47,929  $  693,090  $ 3,517,954  $ 

(346,959) 

  1,069  $ (157,266)  $  3,754,748 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 (all tabular amounts in thousands unless otherwise noted)

Note 1 — Summary of significant accounting policies 

Consolidation:  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Teleflex  Incorporated  and  its 
subsidiaries  (referred  to  herein  as  “we,”  “us,”  “our”  and  “Teleflex").    Intercompany  transactions  are  eliminated  in 
consolidation. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and reflect management’s estimates and assumptions 
that affect the recorded amounts.

Use  of  estimates:  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to 
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of 
contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  net  revenues 
and expenses during the reporting period. Our estimates have considered the potential impacts stemming from the 
COVID-19 pandemic, which include increased uncertainty due to the difficulty in predicting the extent and duration 
of the pandemic.  Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents: All highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less 

are classified as cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash equivalents approximates the current market value.

Accounts  receivable:  Accounts  receivable  represent  amounts  due  from  customers  related  to  the  sale  of 
products  and  provision  of  services.  Our  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  maintained  for  trade  accounts  receivable 
based on the expected collectability of accounts receivable and losses expected to be incurred over the life of our 
receivables. Considerations to determine credit losses include our historical collection experience, the length of time 
an account is outstanding, the financial position of the customer, information provided by credit rating services, as 
well  as  the  consideration  of  events  or  circumstances  indicating  historic  collection  rates  may  not  be  indicative  of 
future  collectability.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  December  31,  2020  was 
$10.8  million  and  $12.9  million,  respectively.  The  current  portion  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses,  which  was 
$6.0 million and $8.1 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, was recognized as a 
reduction of accounts receivable, net. 

Inventories:  Inventories  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value.  The  cost  of  our  inventories  is 
determined  using  the  average  cost  method.  Elements  of  cost  in  inventory  include  raw  materials,  direct  labor,  and 
manufacturing  overhead.  In  estimating  net  realizable  value,  we  evaluate  inventory  for  excess  and  obsolete 
quantities based on estimated usage and sales, among other factors.

Property,  plant  and  equipment:  Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  net  of  accumulated 
depreciation.  Costs  incurred  to  develop  internal-use  computer  software  during  the  application  development  stage 
generally are capitalized. Costs of enhancements to internal-use computer software are capitalized, provided that 
these enhancements result in additional functionality. Other additions and those improvements which increase the 
capacity  or  lengthen  the  useful  lives  of  the  assets  are  also  capitalized.  Composite  useful  lives  for  categories  of 
property, plant and equipment, which are depreciated on a straight-line basis, are as follows: buildings — 30 years; 
machinery  and  equipment  —  3  to  15  years;  computer  equipment  and  software  —  3  to  10  years.  Leasehold 
improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful lives of the leasehold improvements or the remaining 
lease term. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and other intangible assets: Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but 
are  tested  for  impairment  annually  during  the  fourth  quarter  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances  indicate  that  an  impairment  may  exist.  Impairment  losses,  if  any,  are  included  in  income  from 
operations. The goodwill impairment test is applied to each of our reporting units. For purposes of this assessment, 
a  reporting  unit  is  an  operating  segment,  or  a  business  one  level  below  an  operating  segment  (also  known  as  a 
component)  if  discrete  financial  information  is  prepared  for  that  business  and  regularly  reviewed  by  segment 
management.  However,  separate  components  are  aggregated  as  a  single  reporting  unit  if  they  have  similar 
economic characteristics.

In performing the goodwill impairment test, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more 
likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include, but 
are  not  limited  to,  macroeconomic  conditions,  industry  conditions,  the  competitive  environment,  changes  in  the 
market  for  our  products  and  services,  regulatory  and  political  developments,  and  entity  specific  factors  such  as 

F-11

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

strategies and financial performance. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, we determine it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we proceed to a quantitative impairment 
test, described below. Alternatively, we may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative 
impairment test. Under a quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying 
value. If the reporting unit fair value exceeds the carrying value, there is no impairment. If the reporting unit carrying 
value  exceeds  the  fair  value,  we  recognize  an  impairment  loss  based  on  the  amount  the  carrying  value  of  the 
reporting  unit  exceeds  its  fair  value.  We  did  not  record  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2021.

Our  intangible  assets  consist  of  customer  relationships,  intellectual  property,  distribution  rights,  in-process 
research  and  development  ("IPR&D"),  trade  names  and  non-competition  agreements.  We  define  IPR&D  as  the 
value of technology acquired for which the related projects have substance and are incomplete. IPR&D acquired in 
a business acquisition is recognized at fair value and is required be capitalized as an indefinite-lived intangible asset 
until completion of the IPR&D project or upon abandonment. Upon completion of the development project (generally 
when regulatory approval to market the product that utilizes the technology is obtained), an impairment assessment 
is performed prior to amortizing the asset over its estimated useful life. If the IPR&D projects are abandoned, the 
related IPR&D assets would be written off. 

We test our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Similar to the goodwill impairment test process, we 
may  elect  to  perform  a  qualitative  assessment.  If,  after  completing  the  qualitative  assessment,  we  determine  it  is 
more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is greater than its carrying amount, the 
asset  is  not  impaired.  If  we  conclude  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  indefinite-lived  intangible 
asset  is  less  than  the  carrying  value,  we  then  proceed  to  a  quantitative  impairment  test,  which  consists  of  a 
comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset to its carrying amount.  

Intangible  assets  that  do  not  have  indefinite  lives,  consisting  of  intellectual  property,  customer  relationships, 
distribution rights, certain trade names and non-competition agreements, are amortized over their estimated useful 
lives,  which  are  as  follows:  intellectual  property,  5  to  20  years;  customer  relationships,  8  to  27  years;  distribution 
rights,  10  years;  trade  names,  5  to  30  years;  non-competition  agreements,  5  to  6  years.  The  weighted  average 
remaining  amortization  period  with  respect  to  our  intangible  assets  is  approximately  15  years.  We  periodically 
evaluate the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets.

Long-lived assets: We assess the remaining useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events 
or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  the  carrying  value  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable. The  assessment  is 
based  on  various  analyses,  including  undiscounted  cash  flow  and  profitability  projections  that  incorporate,  as 
applicable,  the  impact  of  the  asset  on  the  existing  business.  Therefore,  the  evaluation  involves  significant 
management judgment. Any impairment loss, if indicated, is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount 
of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset. 

Foreign  currency  translation: Assets  and  liabilities  of  subsidiaries  with  non-United  States  dollar  denominated 
functional currencies are translated into United States dollars at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date; 
income  and  expenses  are  translated  at  the  average  rates  of  exchange  prevailing  during  the  year. The  translation 
adjustments are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Derivative  financial  instruments:  We  use  derivative  financial  instruments  primarily  for  purposes  of  hedging 
exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. All instruments are entered into for other than trading 
purposes. All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives 
are recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as other comprehensive income (loss), if the 
instrument is designated as part of a hedge transaction. Gains or losses on derivative instruments reported in other 
comprehensive  income  (loss)  are  reclassified  to  the  consolidated  statement  of  income  in  the  period  in  which 
earnings are affected by the underlying hedged item. Gains or losses on derivative instruments representing hedge 
ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, if any, are recognized in the 
consolidated statement of income for the period in which such gains and losses occur. If the hedging relationship 
ceases  to  be  highly  effective  or  it  becomes  probable  that  an  expected  transaction  will  no  longer  occur,  gains  or 
losses  on  the  derivative  instrument  are  recorded  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  income  for  the  period  in  which 
either  such  event  occurs.    For  non-designated  derivatives,  gains  and  losses  are  reported  as  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income. Cash flows from derivatives are recognized in the 
consolidated statements of cash flows in a manner consistent with recognition of the underlying transactions.

F-12

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Share-based  compensation:  We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  share-based  awards  on  the  date  of  grant  using  an 
option pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, which is derived, in 
part, following consideration of estimated forfeitures, is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods. 
Share-based  compensation  expense  related  to  stock  options  is  measured  using  a  Black-Scholes  option  pricing 
model that takes into account subjective and complex assumptions with respect to the expected life of the options, 
volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield. The expected life of options granted is derived from the 
vesting period of the award, as well as historical exercise behavior, and represents the period of time that options 
granted  are  expected  to  be  outstanding.  Expected  volatility  is  based  on  a  blend  of  historical  volatility  and  implied 
volatility derived from publicly traded options to purchase our common stock, which we believe is more reflective of 
market  conditions  and  a  better  indicator  of  expected  volatility  than  would  be  the  case  if  we  only  used  historical 
volatility. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on United States (or "U.S.") Treasury zero-
coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of 
grant  based  on  management’s  expectations  regarding  the  extent  to  which  awards  ultimately  will  vest  and  are 
adjusted for actual forfeitures when they occur.

Income taxes: The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting 
for  income  taxes.  Under  this  approach,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  to  reflect  the  future  tax 
consequences  attributable  to  the  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets 
and  liabilities  and  their  tax  bases,  and  to  reflect  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carryforwards.  The  provision  for 
income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during 
the year. Provision has been made for income taxes on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries and affiliates, except to 
the extent that such earnings are deemed to be permanently reinvested.

Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  income  tax  provisions  and  in  evaluating  tax  positions.  We 
establish  additional  provisions  for  income  taxes  when,  despite  the  belief  that  tax  positions  are  supportable,  there 
remain  certain  positions  that  do  not  meet  the  minimum  probability  threshold,  which  is  a  tax  position  that  is  more 
likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  examination  by  the  applicable  taxing  authority.  In  the  normal  course  of 
business, we are examined by various federal, state and non-U.S. tax authorities. We regularly assess the potential 
outcomes  of  these  examinations  and  any  future  examinations  for  the  current  or  prior  years  in  determining  the 
adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Interest accrued with respect to unrecognized tax benefits and income 
tax related penalties are both included in taxes on income from continuing operations. We periodically assess the 
likelihood  and  amount  of  potential  adjustments  and  adjust  the  income  tax  provision,  the  current  tax  liability  and 
deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to an adjustment become known.

Pensions  and  other  postretirement  benefits:  We  provide  a  range  of  benefits  to  eligible  employees  and  retired 
employees,  including  benefits  available  pursuant  to  pension  and  postretirement  healthcare  benefits  plans.  We 
record annual amounts relating to these plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions 
such  as  discount  rates,  expected  rates  of  return  on  plan  assets,  compensation  increases,  turnover  rates  and 
healthcare cost trend rates. We review our actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to the 
assumptions  based  on  current  rates  and  trends  when  appropriate.  The  effect  of  the  modifications  is  generally 
amortized over future periods.

Restructuring  costs:  We  primarily  recognize  employee  termination  benefits  when  payment  becomes  probable 
and  reasonably  estimable  because  they  are  provided  under  an  ongoing  benefit  arrangement  and  are  based  on 
existing plans, historical experience and negotiated settlements of prior plans. Termination benefits provided under 
one-time  termination  benefits  arrangements,  if  any,  are  recognized  upon  communication  to  the  employee.  We 
recognize  charges  ratably  over  the  future  service  period  if  the  employee  is  required  to  render  service  until 
termination.  Other  restructuring  costs  may  include  facility  closure,  employee  relocation,  equipment  relocation  and 
outplacement costs and are recognized in the period they are incurred.

Contingent consideration related to business acquisitions: In connection with business acquisitions, we may be 
required to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the achievement of specified objectives such as receipt 
of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product or achievement of sales targets. As of the acquisition date, 
we record a contingent liability representing the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration that we expect 
to  pay.    We  remeasure  the  fair  value  of  our  contingent  consideration  arrangements  each  reporting  period  and, 
based  on  new  developments,  record  changes  in  fair  value  until  either  the  contingent  consideration  obligation  is 
satisfied through payment upon the achievement of, or the obligation no longer exists due to the failure to achieve, 
the specified objectives.  The change in the fair value is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in 
the consolidated statement of income. A contingent consideration payment is classified as a financing activity in the 
consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows  to  the  extent  it  was  recorded  as  a  liability  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  Any 

F-13

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

additional  amount  paid  in  excess  of  the  amount  initially  accrued  is  classified  as  an  operating  activity  in  the 
consolidated statement of cash flows.

Revenue  recognition:  We  primarily  generate  revenue  from  the  sale  of  medical  devices  including  single  use 
disposable  devices  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  reusable  devices,  instruments  and  capital  equipment.  Revenue  is 
recognized  when  obligations  under  the  terms  of  a  contract  with  our  customer  are  satisfied;  this  occurs  upon  the 
transfer of control of the products. Generally, transfer of control to the customer occurs at the point in time when our 
products  are  shipped  from  the  manufacturing  or  distribution  facility.  For  the  OEM  segment,  most  revenue  is 
recognized over time because the OEM segment generates revenue from the sale of custom products that have no 
alternative use and we have an enforceable right to payment to the extent that performance has been completed. 
We market and sell  products through our direct sales force and distributors to customers within the following end 
markets:  (1)  hospitals  and  healthcare  providers;  (2)  other  medical  device  manufacturers;  and  (3)  home  care 
providers, which represented 89%, 9% and 2% of our consolidated net revenues, respectively, for the year ended 
December  31,  2021.  Revenue  is  measured  as  the  amount  of  consideration  we  expect  to  receive  in  exchange  for 
transferring goods. With respect to the custom products sold in the OEM segment, revenue is measured using the 
units produced output method. Payment is generally due 30 days from the date of invoice. 

We  have  made  the  following  revenue  accounting  policy  elections  and  elected  to  use  certain  practical 
expedients: (1) we account for amounts collected from customers for sales and other taxes, net of related amounts 
remitted to tax authorities; (2) we do not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant 
financing  component  because,  at  contract  inception,  we  expect  the  period  between  the  time  when  we  transfer  a 
promised good or service to the customer and the time when the customer pays for that good or service will be one 
year or less; (3) we expense costs to obtain a contract as they are incurred if the expected period of benefit, and 
therefore the amortization period, is one year or less; (4) we account for shipping and handling activities that occur 
after control transfers to the customer as a fulfillment cost rather than an additional promised service; (5) we classify 
shipping and handling costs within cost of goods sold; and (6) with respect to the OEM segment, we have applied 
the practical expedient to exclude disclosure of remaining performance obligations as the contracts typically have a 
term of one year or less.

The amount of consideration we receive and revenue we recognize varies as a result of changes in customer 
sales  incentives,  including  discounts  and  rebates,  and  returns  offered  to  customers.  The  estimate  of  revenue  is 
adjusted upon the earlier of the following events: (i) the most likely amount of consideration expected to be received 
changes or (ii) the consideration becomes fixed.  Our policy is to accept returns only in cases in which the product is 
defective  and  covered  under  our  standard  warranty  provisions.  When  we  give  customers  the  right  to  return 
products,  we  estimate  the  expected  returns  based  on  an  analysis  of  historical  experience. The  liability  for  returns 
and allowances was $15.2 million and $14.6 million as of  December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In estimating 
customer  rebates,  we  consider  the  lag  time  between  the  point  of  sale  and  the  payment  of  the  customer’s  rebate 
claim,  customer-specific  trend  analyses,  contractual  commitments,  including  stated  rebate  rates,  historical 
experience with respect to specific customers (as we have a history of providing similar rebates on similar products 
to  similar  customers)  and  other  relevant  information.  The  reserve  for  customer  incentive  programs,  including 
customer rebates, was $26.4 million and $28.5 million at  December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We expect 
the amounts subject to the reserve as of  December 31, 2021 to be paid within 90 days subsequent to period-end.

Leases:  On  January  1,  2019  we  adopted  an  amendment  to  the  guidance  on  leases  using  a  modified 
retrospective  transition  approach.  We  have  made  an  accounting  policy  election  not  to  apply  the  lease  accounting 
recognition  provisions  to  short  term  leases  (leases  with  a  lease  term  of  12  months  or  less  that  do  not  include  an 
option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise); instead, we will recognize 
the lease payments for short term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We have made, as a practical 
expedient, an accounting policy election to not separate lease and non-lease components and instead will account 
for  each  separate  lease  component  and  the  non-lease  components  associated  with  that  lease  component  as  a 
single lease component. 

Note 2 — Recently issued accounting standards 

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  that  simplifies  various  aspects  of  accounting  for  income 
taxes including those related to the step-up in the tax basis of goodwill, intraperiod tax allocations and the interim 
period  effects  of  changes  in  tax  laws  or  rates.  The  modifications  under  the  new  guidance  were  applied  on  a 
prospective basis effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material effect on the 
condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-14

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

From time to time, new accounting guidance issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies is adopted as 
of the specified effective date or, when permitted by the guidance and as determined by us, as of an earlier date. 
We have assessed recently issued guidance that is not yet effective, except as noted above, and believe the new 
guidance that we have assessed will not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial 
position.

Note 3 - Net revenues

The following table disaggregates revenue by global product category for the year ended December 31, 2021, 

2020 and 2019. 

Vascular access

Anesthesia

Interventional

Surgical

Interventional urology

OEM
Other (1)

Net revenues (2)

Year Ended December 31

2021

2020

2019

$ 

700,240  $ 

657,703  $ 

380,140 

427,500 

377,756 

341,661 

245,681 
336,585 

302,293 

382,435 

317,200 

290,022 

220,246 
367,257 

600,874 

338,413 

427,563 

370,074 

290,449 

220,717 
347,272 

$ 

2,809,563  $ 

2,537,156  $ 

2,595,362 

(1)   Includes revenues generated from sales of our respiratory and urology products (other than interventional urology products).  Certain 
product  lines  within  the  respiratory  product  category  were  sold  during  2021.  See  Note  4  for  additional  information  related  to  the 
Respiratory business divestiture.

(2)    The  product  categories  listed  above  are  presented  on  a  global  basis,  while  each  of  our  reportable  segments  other  than  the  OEM 
reportable  segment  are  defined  based  on  the  geographic  location  of  its  operations;  the  OEM  reportable  segment  operates  globally. 
Each  of  the  geographically  based  reportable  segments  include  net  revenues  from  each  of  the  non-OEM  product  categories  listed 
above.

Note 4 —  Acquisitions and Divestitures 

Divestiture

On  May  15,  2021,  we  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  to  sell  certain  product  lines  within  our  global 
respiratory  product  portfolio  (the  "Divested  respiratory  business")  to  Medline  Industries,  Inc.  (“Medline”)  for 
consideration  of  $286.0  million,  reduced  by  $12  million  in  working  capital  not  transferring  to  Medline,  which  is 
subject  to  customary  post  close  adjustments  (the  "Respiratory  business  divestiture").  In  connection  with  the 
Respiratory  business  divestiture,  we  also  entered  into  several  ancillary  agreements  with  Medline  to  help  facilitate 
the  transfer  of  the  business,  which  provide  for  transition  support,  quality,  supply  and  manufacturing  services, 
including a manufacturing and supply transition agreement (the "MSTA").

On June 28, 2021, the first day of the third quarter of 2021, we completed the initial phase of the Respiratory 
business divestiture, pursuant to which we received cash proceeds of $259 million. We attributed $33.8 million of 
the  proceeds  to  our  performance  obligations  pursuant  to  the  MSTA.  The  resulting  liability  was  measured  as  the 
excess of the estimated fair value of the services to be performed over the estimated proceeds we expect to receive 
over the MSTA term. The significant assumption used to estimate the fair value of the services to be performed is 
the  selection  of  an  appropriate  gross  margin  based  on  comparable  companies.  The  MSTA  liability  was  recorded 
within  Other  current  liabilities  and  Other  liabilities  in  the  condensed  consolidated  balance  sheet  and  the  related 
proceeds will be recognized in net revenues as the services are performed.

The  second  phase  of  the  Respiratory  business  divestiture  will  occur  once  we  transfer  certain  additional 
manufacturing  assets  to  Medline.  Our  receipt  of  $15.0  million  in  additional  cash  proceeds  is  contingent  upon  the 
transfer of these manufacturing assets and is expected to occur prior to the end of 2023. We plan to recognize the 
contingent consideration, and any gain on sale resulting from the completion of the second phase of the divestiture, 
when it becomes realizable.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following assets and liabilities were sold as part of the initial phase of the Respiratory business divestiture:

Assets

Inventories

Current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Intangible assets, net

Goodwill

Operating lease assets

Other assets

Noncurrent assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Other current liabilities

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

Liabilities

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

26,830 

26,830 

17,006 

41,583 

35,745 

1,053 

94 

95,481 

122,311 

535 

568 

1,103 

As  disclosed  in  Note  8,  $35.7  million  of  goodwill  of  our  Americas,  EMEA  and  Asia  reportable  operating 
segments’  goodwill  was  attributed  to  the  divested  respiratory  business  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  divested 
respiratory business relative to the fair value of certain of our reporting units. The fair values were estimated using a 
combination  of  the  discounted  cash  flows  based  on  projected  future  earnings  (Income  Approach)  and  market 
multiples  of  publicly  traded  companies  in  similar  lines  of  business  (Market  Approach).  The  more  significant 
judgments and assumptions in determining fair value using the Income Approach include the amount and timing of 
expected  future  cash  flows  and  the  discount  rate  that  was  used  to  estimate  the  present  value  of  the  future  cash 
flows. The more significant judgments and assumptions in determining fair value using the Market Approach include 
the determination of appropriate revenue and EBITDA multiples based on the selection of appropriate comparable 
companies.

Net  revenues  attributable  to  our  divested  respiratory  business  recognized  prior  to  the  Respiratory  business 
divestiture  are  included  within  each  of  our  geographic  segments  and  were  $60.7  million  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2021 and $138.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 
2021, we recognized $51.1 million in net revenues attributed to services provided to Medline in accordance with the 
MSTA, which are presented within our Americas reporting segment and our Other global product category.

Acquisitions

On  February  18,  2020,  we  acquired  IWG  High  Performance  Conductors,  Inc.  (HPC),  a  privately-held  original 
equipment  manufacturer  of  minimally  invasive  medical  products  and  high  performance  conductors,  for  an  initial 
purchase  price  of  $260.0  million.  The  purchase  price  was  allocated  based  on  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  and 
liabilities,  including  goodwill  of  $107.1  million,  intangible  assets  of  $179.0  million  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  of 
$43.4  million.  The  acquisition  complements  our  OEM  product  portfolio.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021 
and  2020,  we  recorded  post  acquisition  revenue  of  $38.6  million  and  $27.1  million,  respectively,  related  to  HPC 
within our OEM operating segment.

On December 28, 2020, we acquired Z-Medica, LLC ("Z-Medica"), a privately held medical device company that 
manufactures and sells hemostatic (hemorrhage control) products to complement our anesthesia product portfolio. 
The  acquisition  included  an  initial  cash  purchase  price  of  $500.0  million,  with  the  potential  to  make  an  additional 
payment  up  to  $25  million  upon  the  achievement  of  certain  commercial  milestones.  The  purchase  price  was 
allocated based on the fair values of the assets and liabilities, including goodwill of $186.0 million, intangibles assets 
of $332.0 million and deferred tax liabilities of $32.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded 
post  acquisition  revenue  and  operating  profit  of  $66.4  million  and  $21.8  million,  respectively,  related  to  Z-Medica 
across our geographic segments.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 5 — Restructuring and impairment charges

Respiratory divestiture plan

During the second quarter of 2021, in connection with the Respiratory business divestiture described in Note 4, 
we  committed  to  a  restructuring  plan  designed  to  separate  the  manufacturing  operations  to  be  transferred  to 
Medline  from  those  that  will  remain  with  Teleflex,  which  includes  related  workforce  reductions  (the  “Respiratory 
divestiture  plan”).  The  plan  includes  expanding  certain  of  our  existing  locations  to  accommodate  the  transfer  of 
capacity  from  the  sites  being  transferred  to  Medline  and  replicating  the  manufacturing  processes  at  alternate 
existing  locations.  We  expect  this  plan  will  be  substantially  completed  by  the  end  of  2023.  The  following  table 
provides  a  summary  of  our  cost  estimates  by  major  type  of  expense  associated  with  the  Respiratory  divestiture 
plan:

Program expense estimates:
Restructuring charges (1)
Restructuring related charges (2)

Total restructuring and restructuring related charges

Total estimated amount expected to be incurred

(Dollars in millions)
$5 million to $8 million

$19 million to $22 million

$24 million to $30 million

(1) Substantially all of the charges consist of employee termination benefit costs.
(2) Consist of charges that are directly related to the Respiratory divestiture plan and principally constitute costs to transfer manufacturing 
operations  to  other  locations  and  project  management  costs.  Substantially  all  of  the  charges  are  expected  to  be  recognized  within 
costs of goods sold.

We  expect  substantially  all  of  the  restructuring  and  restructuring  related  charges  will  result  in  future  cash 
outlays,  the  majority  of  which  will  be  made  in  2022  and  2023.  Additionally,  we  expect  to  incur  $22  million  to 
$28 million in aggregate capital expenditures under the plan, which are expected to be incurred mostly in 2022 and 
2023.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we incurred $3.3 million in pre-tax restructuring related charges, all of 

which were recognized in cost of goods sold. 

2021 Restructuring plan

During the first quarter of 2021, we committed to a restructuring plan designed to streamline various business 
functions  across  our  segments.  The  plan  was  substantially  completed  by  the  end  of  2021  and  we  expect  future 
restructuring expenses associated with the program, if any, to be nominal. 

Footprint realignment plans

We have ongoing restructuring programs related to the relocation of manufacturing operations to existing lower-
cost  locations  and  related  workforce  reductions  (referred  to  as  our  2019,  2018  and  2014  Footprint  realignment 
plans).  The following tables provide a summary of our cost estimates and other information associated with these 
ongoing Footprint realignment plans:

F-17

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Program expense estimates:
Termination benefits
Other costs (1)

Restructuring charges

Restructuring related charges (2)

Total restructuring and restructuring 
related charges

Other program estimates:

Expected cash outlays

Expected capital expenditures

Other program information:

Period initiated

2019 Footprint 
realignment plan

2018 Footprint 
realignment plan 

2014 Footprint 
realignment plan

$14 to $15

2 to 2

16 to 17

38 to 43

(Dollars in millions)
$60 to $65

3 to 4

63 to 69

47 to 59

$13 to $13

1 to 2

14 to 15

39 to 40

$54 to $60

$110 to $128

$53 to $55

$48 to $54

$31 to $33

$99 to $122

$15 to $16

$43 to $46

$26 to $27

February 2019

May 2018 

April 2014

Estimated period of substantial completion

Aggregate restructuring charges

Restructuring related charges incurred:

For year ended December 31, 2021

Aggregate restructuring related charges

2022

$15.6

$13.0

$34.1

2022

$62.5

$10.7

$27.4

2022

$13.8

$2.6

$38.6

Includes facility closure, employee relocation, equipment relocation and outplacement costs.

(1)
(2) Restructuring  related  charges  represent  costs  that  are  directly  related  to  the  programs  and  principally  constitute  costs  to  transfer 
manufacturing  operations  to  the  existing  lower-cost  locations,  project  management  costs  and  accelerated  depreciation.  The  2018 
Footprint  realignment  plan  also  includes  a  charge  associated  with  our  exit  from  the  facilities  that  is  expected  to  be  imposed  by  the 
taxing authority in the affected jurisdiction. Excluding this tax charge, substantially all of these charges are expected to be recognized 
within cost of goods sold. 

The following table summarizes the restructuring reserve activity related to our Respiratory divestiture plan, as 

well as the 2019, 2018 and 2014 Footprint realignment plans:

Respiratory 
divestiture plan

2019 Footprint 
realignment plan

2018 Footprint 
realignment plan

2014 Footprint 
realignment plan

Balance at December 31, 2019 (1)

$ 

—  $ 

11,870  $ 

44,274  $ 

3,669 

Subsequent accruals

Cash payments

Foreign currency translation and other

Balance at December 31, 2020 (1)

Subsequent accruals

Cash payments

Foreign currency translation and other

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,694 

(7)   

(86)   

1,542 

(5,532)   

174 

8,054 

253 

(4,982)   

(19)   

5,948 

(4,281)   

4,140 

50,081 

2,476 

(4,813)   

(3,679)   

606 

(682) 

— 

3,593 

262 

(947) 

— 

Balance at December 31, 2021 (1)

$ 

2,601  $ 

3,306  $ 

44,065  $ 

2,908 

(1) The restructuring reserves as of December 31, 2021 , 2020 and 2019 consisted mainly of accruals related to termination benefits.  

Other costs (facility closure, employee relocation, equipment relocation and outplacement costs) were expensed and paid in the same 
period.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The restructuring and impairment charges recognized for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 

consisted of the following:

Respiratory divestiture plan

2021 Restructuring plan

2019 Footprint realignment plan

2018 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs (2)
Total restructuring charges

Asset impairment charges

Termination benefits

Other Costs (1)

Total

2021

$ 

2,687  $ 

7,280 

(111)   

2,335 

(429)   

11,762 

— 

7  $ 

77 

364 

141 

2,648 

3,237 

6,739 

Total restructuring and impairment charges

$ 

11,762  $ 

9,976  $ 

2020 Workforce reduction plan
2019 Footprint realignment plan

2018 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs (3)
Total restructuring charges

Asset impairment charges

Termination benefits

Other Costs (1)

Total

2020

$ 

8,494  $ 
647 

5,565 

(72)   

14,634 

— 

353  $ 
895 

383 

838 

2,469 

21,388 

Total restructuring and impairment charges

$ 

14,634  $ 

23,857  $ 

Termination benefits

Other Costs (1)

Total

2019

2019 Footprint realignment plan

$ 

2018 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs (4)
Total restructuring charges

Asset impairment charges

13,683  $ 

(1,787)   

787 

12,683 

— 

70  $ 

848 

1,638 

2,556 

6,966 

Total restructuring and impairment charges $ 

12,683  $ 

9,522  $ 

2,694 

7,357 

253 

2,476 

2,219 

14,999 

6,739 

21,738 

8,847 
1,542 

5,948 

766 

17,103 

21,388 

38,491 

13,753 

(939) 

2,425 

15,239 

6,966 

22,205 

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

Includes facility closure, contract termination and other exit costs. 
Includes the 2020 Workforce reduction plan, a program initiated in the third quarter of 2019 and the 2014 Footprint realignment plan.
Includes activity primarily related to the 2016 and 2014 Footprint realignment plans.
Includes the 2020 Workforce reduction plan, the 2017 Vascular Solutions integration program as well as the 2016 and 2014 Footprint 
realignment plans.

Impairment Charges

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded impairment charges of $6.7 million related to our decision 
to  abandon  intellectual  property  and  other  assets  primarily  associated  with  our  respiratory  product  portfolio  that 
were not transferred to Medline as part of the Respiratory business divestiture described in Note 4. For the years 
ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  we  recorded  impairment  charges  of  $21.4  million  and  $7.0  million, 
respectively,  related  to  our  decision  to  abandon  certain  intellectual  property  and  other  assets  associated  with  our 
surgical and interventional product portfolio.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 6 — Inventories 

Inventories at December 31, 2021 and 2020 consist of the following:

Raw materials

Work-in-process

Finished goods

Inventories

2021

2020

$ 

146,433  $ 

132,370 

81,503 

249,707 

75,874 

304,952 

$ 

477,643  $ 

513,196 

Note 7 — Property, plant and equipment 

The major classes of property, plant and equipment, at cost, at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows: 

Land, buildings and leasehold improvements

Machinery and equipment

Computer equipment and software

Construction in progress

Less: Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, net

Note 8 — Goodwill and other intangible assets 

2021

2020

$ 

285,305  $ 

272,637 

475,040 

191,605 

49,782 
1,001,732 

496,664 

172,913 

84,336 
1,026,550 

(557,974)   

(552,638) 

$ 

443,758  $ 

473,912 

Changes  in  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill,  by  reportable  operating  segment,  for  the  years  ended 

December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

Americas

EMEA

Asia

OEM

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2019
Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill related to acquisitions
Translation and other adjustments
Balance as of December 31, 2020
Goodwill disposed
Goodwill related to acquisitions
Translation and other adjustments
Balance as of December 31, 2021

$ 

1,883,053  $  475,772  $ 

213,725  $ 

(332,128)   
1,550,925 
149,877 

(520)   

1,700,282 

(21,802)   
(1,560)   
(696)   

— 
475,772 
22,364 
38,092 
536,228 

(7,537)   
(232)   
(36,310)   

$ 

1,676,224  $  492,149  $ 

— 
213,725 
15,698 
8,023 
237,446 

(6,406)   
(163)   
(7,058)   
223,819  $ 

4,883  $  2,577,433 
(332,128) 
2,245,305 
295,066 
45,595 
2,585,966 
(35,745) 
(1,955) 
(44,064) 
112,010  $  2,504,202 

— 
4,883 
107,127 
— 
112,010 
— 
— 
— 

Intangible assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following:

Customer relationships

$  1,328,611  $  1,377,943  $ 

(441,059)  $ 

(425,692) 

In-process research and development

28,158 

29,627 

— 

— 

Gross Carrying Amount

Accumulated Amortization

2021

2020

2021

2020

Intellectual property

Distribution rights
Trade names

Non-compete agreements

  1,440,643 

  1,458,924 

(560,740)   

(479,612) 

23,434 
549,269 

22,783 

23,866 
619,847 

24,592 

(20,630)   
(59,249)   

(20,280) 
(65,955) 

(22,153)   

(23,514) 

$  3,392,898  $  3,534,799  $ (1,103,831)  $ (1,015,053) 

As of December 31, 2021, trade names having a carrying value of $234.7 million are considered indefinite-lived. 
Acquired  IPR&D  is  indefinite-lived  until  the  completion  of  the  related  development  project,  at  which  point 
amortization of the carrying value of the technology will commence.  

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $165.6 million, $158.7 million, and $150.0 million for the 
years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  The  estimated  annual  amortization  expense  for 
each of the five succeeding years is as follows:

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Note 9 — Leases

$ 

160,600 

154,800 

153,000 

151,800 

148,800 

We have operating leases for various types of properties, consisting of manufacturing plants, engineering and 
research  centers,  distribution  warehouses,  offices  and  other  facilities,  and  equipment  used  in  operations.  Some 
leases provide us with an option, exercisable at our sole discretion, to terminate the lease or extend the lease term 
for one or more years. When measuring assets and liabilities arising from a lease that provides us with an option to 
extend  the  lease  term,  we  take  into  account  payments  to  be  made  in  the  optional  extension  period  when  it  is 
reasonably  certain  that  we  will  exercise  the  option. Total  lease  cost  (all  of  which  related  to  operating  leases)  was 
$32.6 million, $30.7 million and $30.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Maturities of lease liabilities

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027 and thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: interest

Present value of lease liabilities

Supplemental information

December 31, 2021

26,682 

22,790 

19,279 

14,789 

15,307 

61,950 

160,797 

(22,634) 

138,163 

$ 

$ 

Total lease liabilities (1)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities within 
operating cash flows

Right of use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations

Weighted average remaining lease term

Weighted average discount rate

(1) The current portion of the operating lease liability is included in other current liabilities.

December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

138,163 

29,199 

55,290 

7.9 years

 3.7 %

108,743 

28,276 

8,904 

6.7 years

 4.0 %

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 10 — Borrowings 

Our borrowings at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

Senior Credit Facility:

Revolving  credit  facility,  at  a  rate  of  1.48%  at  December  31,  2021,  and  1.66%  at 
December 31, 2020, due 2024
Term  loan  facility,  at  a  rate  of  1.48%  at  December  31,  2021  and  1.65%  at 
December 31 2020, due 2024

4.875% Senior Notes due 2026

4.625% Senior Notes due 2027

4.25% Senior Notes due 2028
Securitization  program,  at  a  rate  of  1.00%  at  December  31,  2021  and  1.24%  at 
December 31, 2020

Less: Unamortized debt issuance costs

Current portion of borrowings
Long-term borrowings

Redemption of 4.875% Senior Notes due 2026

2021

2020

$ 

141,000  $ 

350,000 

647,500 

— 

500,000 

500,000 

673,000 

400,000 

500,000 

500,000 

75,000 

75,000 

1,863,500 

2,498,000 

(13,398)   

(19,612) 

1,850,102 

2,478,388 

(110,000)   

(100,500) 
$  1,740,102  $  2,377,888 

On  April  29,  2021,  we  issued  a  notice  of  redemption  to  holders  of  our  outstanding  $400  million  aggregate 
principal amount of 4.875% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”). Pursuant to the notice of redemption, the 
2026 Notes were redeemed on June 1, 2021 (the “Redemption Date”) at a redemption price equal to 102.438% of 
the principal amount of the 2026 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but not including, the Redemption 
Date (the “Redemption Price”). We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $13.0 million as a result of the 
redemption of the 2026 Notes. 

Senior credit facility

In  2019,  we  amended  and  restated  our  existing  credit  agreement  by  entering  into  a  Second  Amended  and 
Restated  Credit  Agreement  (the  "Credit  Agreement"),  which  provides  for  a  five-year  revolving  credit  facility  of 
$1.0  billion  and  a  term  loan  facility  of  $700.0  million  (the  "Credit  Agreement").  Our  obligations  under  the  Credit 
Agreement  are  guaranteed  (subject  to  certain  exceptions  and  limitations)  by  substantially  all  of  our  material 
domestic subsidiaries. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured, subject to certain exceptions and 
limitations,  by  a  lien  on  substantially  all  of  the  assets  owned  by  us  and  each  guarantor. The  maturity  date  of  the 
revolving credit facility and the term loan facility under the Credit Agreement is April 5, 2024.

At  our  option,  loans  under  the  Credit Agreement  will  bear  interest  at  a  rate  equal  to  adjusted  LIBOR  plus  an 
applicable  margin  ranging  from  1.25%  to  2.00%  or  at  an  alternate  base  rate,  which  generally  is  defined  as  the 
highest of (i) the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) 0.5% above the greater of the 
federal funds rate and the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight eurodollar borrowings and 
(iii) 1% above adjusted LIBOR for a one month interest period, plus in each case an applicable margin ranging from 
0.125% to 1.00%, in each case subject to adjustments based on our consolidated total net leverage ratio. Overdue 
loans will bear interest at the rate otherwise applicable to such loans plus 2.00%.  

The  Credit Agreement  contains  customary  representations  and  warranties  and  covenants  that,  in  each  case, 
subject to certain exceptions, qualifications and thresholds, (a) place limitations on us regarding the incurrence of 
additional  indebtedness,  additional  liens,  fundamental  changes,  dispositions  of  property,  investments  and 
acquisitions, dividends and other restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, restrictive agreements, changes in 
lines  of  business  and  swap  agreements,  and  (b)  require  us  to  comply  with  sanction  laws  and  other  laws  and 
agreements,  to  deliver  financial  information  and  certain  other  information  and  give  notice  of  certain  events,  to 
maintain their existence and good standing, to pay their other obligations, to permit the administrative agent and the 
lenders to inspect their books and property, to use the proceeds of the Credit Agreement only for certain permitted 
purposes  and  to  provide  collateral  in  the  future.  Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  we  are  required  to  maintain  a 
maximum  consolidated  total  net  leverage  ratio  of  4.50  to  1.00.  We  are  further  required  to  maintain  a  minimum 
consolidated interest coverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

4.625% Senior notes due 2027

In 2017, we issued $500.0 million of 4.625% Senior Notes due 2027 (the "2027 Notes"). We pay interest on the 
2027 Notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15, commencing on May 15, 2018, at a rate of 4.625% per 
year.  The  2027  Notes  mature  on  November  15,  2027  unless  earlier  redeemed  by  us  at  our  option,  as  described 
below,  or  purchased  by  us  at  the  holder’s  option  under  specified  circumstances  following  a  Change  of  Control  or 
Asset Sale (each as defined in the indenture related to the 2027 Notes), coupled with a downgrade in the ratings of 
the 2027 Notes, or upon our election to exercise our optional redemption rights, as described below. We incurred 
transaction fees of $7.9 million, including underwriters’ discounts and commissions, in connection with the offering 
of the 2027 Notes, which were recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction to long-term borrowings 
and  are  being  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  2027  Notes.  We  used  the  net  proceeds  from  the  offering  to  repay 
borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

Our obligations under the 2027 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of 
our  existing  and  future  100%  owned  domestic  subsidiaries  that  is  a  guarantor  or  other  obligor  under  the  Credit 
Agreement and by certain of our other 100% owned domestic subsidiaries.

At any time on or after November 15, 2022, we may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the 2027 
Notes  at  a  redemption  price  of  102.313%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  2027  Notes  subject  to  redemption, 
declining, in annual increments of 0.771%, to 100% of the principal amount on November 15, 2025, plus accrued 
and  unpaid  interest.  In  addition,  at  any  time  prior  to  November  15,  2022,  we  may,  on  one  or  more  occasions, 
redeem  some  or  all  of  the  2027  Notes  at  a  redemption  price  equal  to  100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  2027 
Notes redeemed, plus a “make-whole” premium and any accrued and unpaid interest. The “make-whole” premium 
is the greater of (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of the 2027 Notes subject to redemption or (b) the excess, if any, 
over  the  principal  amount  of  the  2027  Notes  of  the  present  value,  on  the  redemption  date  of  the  sum  of  (i)  the 
November  15,  2022  optional  redemption  price  plus  (ii)  all  required  interest  payments  on  the  2027  Notes  through 
November 15, 2022 (other than accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), generally computed using a 
discount rate equal to the yield to maturity of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity for the period most 
nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2022 (unless the period is less than one year, 
in which case the weekly average yield on traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one 
year will be used), plus 50 basis points.

In addition, at any time prior to November 15, 2020, we may, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of 
the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  2027  Notes,  using  the  proceeds  of  specified  types  of  Company  equity 
offerings and subject to specified conditions, at a redemption price equal to 104.625% of the principal amount of the 
Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. 

The  indenture  relating  to  the  2027  Notes  contains  covenants  that,  among  other  things  and  subject  to  certain 
exceptions,  limit  or  restrict  our  ability  to  create  liens;  merge,  consolidate,  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or 
substantially all of our assets; or enter into sale leaseback transactions.  

4.25% Senior Notes due 2028

In 2020, we issued $500.0 million of 4.25% Senior Notes due 2028 (the "2028 Notes"). We pay interest on the 
2028 Notes semi-annually on June 1 and December 1, commencing on December 1, 2020, at a rate of 4.25% per 
year.  The  2028  Notes  mature  on  June  1,  2028  unless  earlier  redeemed  at  our  option,  as  described  below,  or 
purchased at the holder’s option under specified circumstances following a Change of Control or Event of Default 
(each as defined in the indenture related to the 2028 Notes), coupled with a downgrade in the ratings of the 2028 
Notes, or upon our election to exercise its optional redemption rights, as described below. We incurred transaction 
fees of $8.5 million, including underwriters’ discounts and commissions, in connection with the offering of the 2028 
Notes,  which  were  recorded  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  a  reduction  to  long-term  borrowings  and  are 
being amortized over the term of the 2028 Notes. We used the net proceeds from the offering to repay borrowings 
under our revolving credit facility.

Our obligations under the 2028 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of 
our  existing  and  future  100%  owned  domestic  subsidiaries  that  is  a  guarantor  or  other  obligor  under  the  Credit 
Agreement and by certain of our other 100% owned domestic subsidiaries.

At any time on or after June 1, 2023, we may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the 2028 Notes 
at a redemption price of 102.125% of the principal amount of the 2028 Notes subject to redemption, declining, in 
annual increments of 1.0625%, to 100% of the principal amount on June 1, 2025, plus accrued and unpaid interest. 

F-23

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2023, we may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the 2028 
Notes  at  a  redemption  price  equal  to  100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  2028  Notes  redeemed,  plus  a  “make-
whole” premium and any accrued and unpaid interest. The “make-whole” premium is the greater of (a) 1.0% of the 
principal amount of the 2028 Notes subject to redemption or (b) the excess, if any, over the principal amount of the 
2028 Notes, of the present value, on the redemption date, of the sum of (i) the June 1, 2023, optional redemption 
price  plus  (ii)  all  required  interest  payments  on  the  2028  Notes  through  June  1,  2023,  (other  than  accrued  and 
unpaid interest to the redemption date), generally computed using a discount rate equal to the yield to maturity of 
U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity for the period most nearly equal to the period from the redemption 
date to June 1, 2023 (unless the period is less than one year, in which case the weekly average yield on traded U.S. 
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used), plus 50 basis points.

In  addition,  at  any  time  prior  to  June  1,  2023,  we  may,  on  one  or  more  occasions,  redeem  up  to  40%  of  the 
aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  2028  Notes,  using  the  proceeds  of  specified  types  of  our  equity  offerings  and 
subject  to  specified  conditions,  at  a  redemption  price  equal  to  104.25%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  Notes 
redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The indenture relating to the 2028 Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability, 
and the ability of our subsidiaries, to create liens; merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially 
all of our assets; and enter into sale leaseback transactions.

Securitization program

We  have  an  accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  under  which  accounts  receivable  of  certain  domestic 
subsidiaries  are  sold  on  a  non-recourse  basis  to  a  special  purpose  entity  (“SPE”),  which  is  a  bankruptcy-remote, 
consolidated subsidiary of Teleflex. Accordingly, the assets of the SPE are not available to satisfy the obligations of 
Teleflex  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries.  The  SPE  sells  undivided  interests  in  those  receivables  to  an  asset  backed 
commercial  paper  conduit  for  consideration  of  up  to  the  maximum  available  capacity.  On  March  30,  2020,  we 
amended our accounts receivable securitization facility to increase the maximum available capacity from $50 million 
to $75 million. This facility is utilized from time to time to provide increased flexibility in funding short term working 
capital  requirements.  The  agreement  governing  the  accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  contains  certain 
covenants  and  termination  events. An  occurrence  of  an  event  of  default  or  a  termination  event  under  this  facility 
may  give  rise  to  the  right  of  its  counterparty  to  terminate  this  facility.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  were  in 
compliance  with  the  covenants,  and  none  of  the  termination  events  had  occurred. As  of  December  31,  2021  and 
2020,  we  had  $75.0  million  (the  maximum  amount  available)  of  outstanding  borrowings  under  our  accounts 
receivable securitization facility.

Fair value of long-term debt

To determine the fair value of our debt for which quoted prices are not available, we use a discounted cash flow 
technique that incorporates a market interest yield curve with adjustments for duration, optionality and risk profile. 
Our implied credit rating is a factor in determining the market interest yield curve. The following table provides the 
fair  value  of  our  debt  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  which  is  valued  based  on  Level  2  inputs  within  the 
hierarchy used to measure fair value (see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for further information):

Fair value of debt

Debt Maturities

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

$ 

1,893,518  $ 

2,586,058 

As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  aggregate  amounts  of  long-term  debt,  demand  loans  and  debt  under  our 

securitization program that will mature during each of the next four years and thereafter were as follows:

2022

2023
2024

2025

2026 and thereafter

$ 

110,000 
43,750 
709,750 

— 

1,000,000 

F-24

 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Supplemental cash flow information

Cash interest paid

$ 

73,598  $ 

79,533  $ 

95,954 

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

 Note 11 — Financial instruments 

Foreign currency forward contracts 

We use derivative instruments for risk management purposes. Foreign currency forward contracts designated 
as  cash  flows  hedges  are  used  to  manage  foreign  currency  transaction  exposure.  Foreign  currency  forward 
contracts  not  designated  as  hedges  for  accounting  purposes  are  used  to  manage  exposure  related  to  near  term 
foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities.  We  enter  into  the  non-designated  foreign  currency 
forward contracts for periods consistent with the currency exposures, which generally approximate one month. For 
the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we recognized losses related to non-designated foreign currency 
forward contracts of $8.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

The total notional amount for all open foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges as of 
December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $149.5 million and $129.5 million, respectively. The total notional amount for all 
open non-designated foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $161.2 million and 
$163.5 million, respectively. All open foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2021 have durations of 
12 months or less. 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

During  2019,  we  entered  into  cross-currency  swap  agreements  with  five  different  financial  institution 
counterparties to hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate. Under the terms of 
the  cross-currency  swap  agreements,  we  have  notionally  exchanged  $250  million  at  an  annual  interest  rate  of 
4.8750%  for  €219.2  million  at  an  annual  interest  rate  of  2.4595%.  The  swap  agreements  are  designed  as  net 
investment hedges and expire on March 4, 2024. 

During  2018,  we  entered  into  cross-currency  swap  agreements  with  six  different  financial  institution 
counterparties to hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate. Under the terms of 
the  cross-currency  swap  agreements,  we  have  notionally  exchanged  $500  million  at  an  annual  interest  rate  of 
4.625%  for  €433.9  million  at  an  annual  interest  rate  of  1.942%.  The  swap  agreements  are  designated  as  net 
investment hedges and expire on October 4, 2023. 

The swap agreements described above require an exchange of the notional amounts upon expiration or earlier 
termination  of  the  agreements.  We  and  the  counterparties  have  agreed  to  effect  the  exchange  through  a  net 
settlement.

The  cross-currency  swaps  are  marked  to  market  at  each  reporting  date  and  any  changes  in  fair  value  are 
recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI") while the accrued interest 
is  recognized  in  interest  expense  in  the  statement  of  operations.  The  following  table  summarizes  the  foreign 
exchange  gains  and  losses  recognized  within  AOCI  and  the  interest  benefit  recognized  within  interest  expense 
related to cross currency swap for the year ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

Foreign exchange gains

Interest benefit

Balance sheet presentation

December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020

$ 

34,849  $ 

19,296 

37,312 

14,488 

The  following  table  presents  the  locations  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  fair  value  of  derivative 

instruments as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

F-25

 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

Asset derivatives:

Designated foreign currency forward contracts

$ 

1,957  $ 

Non-designated foreign currency forward contracts

Cross-currency interest rate swap

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Cross-currency interest rate swap 

Other assets

Total asset derivatives

Liability derivatives:

Designated foreign currency forward contracts

Non-designated foreign currency forward contracts

Other current liabilities

Cross-currency interest rate swap

Other liabilities

Total liability derivatives

56 

21,718 

23,731 

9,560 

9,560 

993  $ 

147 

1,140 

— 

— 

$ 

1,140  $ 

33,291  $ 

21,858 

$ 

$ 

1,691 

61 

20,106 

21,858 

— 

— 

1,504 

366 

1,870 

34,125 

34,125 

35,995 

See Note 13 for information on the location and amount of gains and losses attributable to derivatives that were 

reclassified from AOCI to expense (income), net of tax.

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, there was no ineffectiveness related to our hedging 

derivatives.

Note 12 — Fair value measurement 

Fair  value  is  the  price  that  would  be  received  from  the  sale  of  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability,  using 
assumptions  that  market  participants  would  use  in  pricing  an  asset  or  liability.  Under  GAAP,  there  is  a  three-level 
hierarchy of the inputs (i.e., assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability) used to 
measure  fair  value.  The  categorization  within  the  valuation  hierarchy  is  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is 
significant to the entire fair value measurement. 

The levels of inputs within the hierarchy used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level  1  —  inputs  to  the  fair  value  measurement  that  are  quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  markets  for 

identical assets or liabilities.

Level  2  —  inputs  to  the  fair  value  measurement  that  include  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in 
active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other 
than  quoted  prices  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability;  and  inputs  that  are  derived  principally  from  or 
corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 — inputs to the fair value measurement that are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The following tables provide information regarding our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a 

recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

December 31, 2021

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Basis of fair value measurement

Investments in marketable securities

$ 

19,186  $ 

19,186  $ 

—  $ 

Derivative assets

Derivative liabilities
Contingent consideration liabilities

33,291 

1,140 
9,814 

— 

— 
— 

33,291 

1,140 
— 

— 

— 

— 
9,814 

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Investments in marketable securities
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities
Contingent consideration liabilities

December 31, 2020
$ 

12,617  $ 
21,858 
35,995 
36,633 

Basis of fair value measurement

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

12,617  $ 
— 
— 
— 

—  $ 

21,858 
35,995 
— 

— 
— 
— 
36,633 

There  were  no  transfers  of  financial  assets  or  liabilities  into  or  out  of  Level  3  within  the  fair  value  hierarchy 

during the years ended December 31, 2021 or 2020.

Valuation Techniques

Our financial assets valued based upon Level 1 inputs are comprised of investments in marketable securities 
held  in  trust,  which  are  available  to  satisfy  benefit  obligations  under  Company  benefit  plans  and  other 
arrangements. The investment assets of the trust are valued using quoted market prices.

Our financial assets and liabilities valued based upon Level 2 inputs are comprised of foreign currency forward 
contracts and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements. We use foreign currency forward contracts and cross-
currency  interest  rate  swap  agreements  to  manage  foreign  currency  transaction  exposure  as  well  as  exposure  to 
foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities.  We  measure  the  fair  value  of  the  foreign  currency 
forward and cross-currency swap agreements by calculating the amount required to enter into offsetting contracts 
with similar remaining maturities, based on quoted market prices, and taking into account the creditworthiness of the 
counterparties. 

Our  financial  liabilities  valued  based  upon  Level  3  inputs  are  comprised  of  contingent  consideration 

arrangements pertaining to our acquisitions. 

Contingent consideration

Contingent consideration liabilities, which primarily consist of payment obligations that are contingent upon the 
achievement of revenue-based goals, but also can be based on other milestones such as regulatory approvals, are 
remeasured to fair value each reporting period using assumptions including estimated revenues (based on internal 
operational budgets and long-range strategic plans), discount rates, probability of payment and projected payment 
dates. 

The  table  below  provides  additional  information  regarding  the  valuation  technique  and  inputs  used  in 

determining the fair value of contingent consideration.

Contingent Consideration Liability

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Input

Range (Weighted average)

Milestone-based payment

Revenue-based

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

1.9% - 2.2% (2.0%)

Projected year of payment

2022 - 2023

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

1.7% - 10.0% (6.1%)

Projected year of payment

2022 - 2029

The  following  table  provides  information  regarding  changes  in  our  contingent  consideration  liabilities  for  the 

years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Beginning balance – January 1
Payments (1)
Revaluations and other adjustments
Translation adjustment

Ending balance – December 31

2021

2020

$ 

36,633  $ 

219,908 

(31,678)   

(146,971) 

4,895 

(36)   

(36,714) 
410 

$ 

9,814  $ 

36,633 

(1) Includes $17.4 million payment associated with a settlement reached with the shareholders from whom we acquired Essential Medical, 

Inc. See Note 17 for additional information related to the settlement.

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 Note 13 — Shareholders' equity 

Our  authorized  capital  is  comprised  of  200  million  common  shares,  $1  par  value,  and  500,000  preference 

shares. No preference shares have been outstanding during the last three years.

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common 
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner except that the 
weighted  average  number  of  shares  is  increased  to  include  dilutive  securities.  The  following  table  provides  a 
reconciliation of basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic

Dilutive effect of share based awards

Diluted

2021

2020

2019

46,774 

46,488 

46,200 

653 

799 

890 

47,427 

47,287 

47,090 

Weighted average shares that were antidilutive and therefore excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings 

per share were 0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

The following tables provides information relating to the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income 

(loss), net of tax, for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Balance at December 31, 2019

$ 

735  $ 

(138,810)  $ (206,317)  $ 

(344,392) 

Cash Flow
Hedges

Pension and
Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

(3,331)   

(17,032)   

59,758 

39,395 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications  
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive income

Net current-year other comprehensive (loss) income

(1,217)   

(11,447)   

59,758 

2,114 

5,585 

— 

7,699 

47,094 

Balance at December 31, 2020

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications  
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive income

Net current-year other comprehensive (loss) income 

(482)   

(150,257)    (146,559)   

(297,298) 

351 

6,192 

(63,191)   

(56,648) 

1,212 

1,563 

5,775 

— 

6,987 

11,967 

(63,191)   

(49,661) 

Balance at December 31, 2021

$  1,081  $ 

(138,290)  $ (209,750)  $ 

(346,959) 

The following table provides information relating to the losses (gains) recognized in the statements of income 
including  the  reclassifications  of  losses  (gains)  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  (loss)  income  into  expense/
(income), net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Losses (gains) on designated foreign exchange forward contracts:

Cost of goods sold

Total before tax

Taxes expense (benefit)

Net of tax

Amortization of pension and other postretirement benefits items:

Actuarial losses (1)
Prior-service credits (1)

Total before tax
Tax benefit

Net of tax

Impact on income from continuing operations, net of tax

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

1,150  $ 

2,354  $ 

1,150 

62 

2,354 

(240)   

(1,284) 

(1,284) 

150 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,212  $ 

2,114  $ 

(1,134) 

8,543  $ 

7,253  $ 

6,930 

(1,012)   

7,531 
(1,756)   

5,775  $ 

6,987  $ 

33 

7,286 
(1,701)   

5,585  $ 

7,699  $ 

82 

7,012 
(1,631) 

5,381 

4,247 

(1) These accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income components are included in the computation of net benefit cost of pension and 

other postretirement benefit plans (see Note 16 for additional information).

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 14 — Stock compensation plans 

In  May  of  2014,  our  stockholders  approved  the  Teleflex  Incorporated  2014  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (the  "Plan"). 
The  Plan  provides  for  several  different  kinds  of  awards,  including  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  stock 
awards and other stock-based awards to directors, officers and key employees. Under the Plan, we are authorized 
to issue up to 5.3 million shares of common stock, subject to adjustment in accordance with special share counting 
rules in the Plan. Options granted under the Plan have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the common 
stock  on  the  date  of  the  grant.  In  2021,  we  granted,  under  the  Plan,  non-qualified  options  to  purchase  108,686 
shares  of  common  stock  and  granted  restricted  stock  units  relating  to  59,210  shares  of  common  stock  under  the 
Plan. We also granted performance share units (“PSUs”), as described in the following paragraph.

In  2018,  we  began  granting  PSUs  to  specified  senior  managers.  The  PSUs  are  designed  to  provide  further 
incentive to our senior management with respect to the achievement of our long term financial objectives. The PSU 
component of the equity incentive program is designed to provide shares of our common stock to the holder based 
upon  our  achievement  of  certain  financial  performance  criteria  during  a  designated  performance  period  of  three 
years. The number of shares  to be  awarded under the PSUs granted are subject to modification based upon our 
total  stockholder  return  relative  to  a  designated  group  of  public  companies.  Assuming  target  performance  is 
achieved,  a  total  of  16,903  shares  of  common  stock  would  be  issuable  in  respect  of  the  PSUs  granted  and  a 
maximum of 42,272 shares would be issuable in respect of such PSUs upon achievement of maximum performance 
levels.

The following table summarizes the share-based compensation activity:

Share-based compensation expense
Total income tax benefit recognized for share-based compensation 
arrangements

Net excess tax benefit

2021

2020

2019

$ 

22,937  $ 

20,739  $ 

26,940 

10,912 

6,355 

21,958 

17,549 

21,121 

15,380 

The unrecognized compensation expense for all awards granted in 2021 as of the grant date was $37.8 million, 
which will be recognized over the vesting period of the awards. As of December 31, 2021, 3,082,554 shares were 
available for future grants under the Plan.

Option Awards

The  fair  value  of  options  granted  in  2021,  2020  and  2019  was  estimated  at  the  date  of  grant  using  a  Black-

Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used:

Risk-free interest rate

Expected life of option

Expected dividend yield

Expected volatility

2021

2020

2019

 0.67 %

 1.16 %

 2.44 %

5.01 years

5.00 years

4.99 years

 0.34 %

 30.03 %

 0.39 %

 23.98 %

 0.47 %

 23.92 %

The following table summarizes the option activity during 2021:

Shares Subject to 
Options

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price

Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life In Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding, beginning of the year

1,157,315  $ 

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited or expired

Outstanding, end of the year

Exercisable, end of the year

108,686 

(125,143)   

(32,859)   

1,107,999 

908,854  $ 

195.57 

403.99 

175.90 

334.14 
214.13 

181.31 

5.11 $ 

4.37 $ 

136,520 

135,036 

The  weighted  average  grant  date  fair  value  for  options  granted  during  2021,  2020  and  2019  was  $103.87, 
$74.60  and  $68.22,  respectively.  The  total  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  during  2021,  2020  and  2019  was 
$27.4 million, $77.9 million and $64.3 million, respectively. 

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We recorded $8.8 million of expense related to options during 2021, which is included in cost of goods sold or 
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  unamortized  share-based 
compensation  cost  related  to  non-vested  stock  options,  net  of  expected  forfeitures,  was  $9.4  million,  which  is 
expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  weighted-average  period  of  1.47  years. Authorized  but  unissued  shares  of  our 
common stock are issued upon exercises of options.

Stock Awards

The  fair  value  of  PSUs  granted  were  determined  using  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  valuation  model.  The  grant 

date fair value for the 2021 awards was $419.25. 

The  fair  value  for  restricted  stock  units  granted  in  2021,  2020  and  2019  was  estimated  at  the  date  of  grant 
based on the market price for the underlying stock on the grant date discounted for the risk free interest rate and the 
present  value  of  expected  dividends  over  the  vesting  period.  The  following  weighted-average  assumptions  were 
used:

Risk-free interest rate

Expected dividend yield

2021

2020

2019

 0.28 %

 0.34 %

 1.07 %

 0.38 %

 2.41 %

 0.46 %

The following table summarizes the non-vested restricted stock unit activity during 2021:

Number of
Non-Vested
Shares

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding, beginning of the year  

150,812  $ 

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

59,210 

(50,098) 

(24,546) 

Outstanding, end of the year

135,378  $ 

293.10 

398.59 

260.32 

334.38 

343.89 

1.2

$ 

44,469 

  We  issued  59,210,  52,464  and  69,799  of  non-vested  restricted  stock  units  in  2021,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively, the majority of which provide for vesting as to all underlying shares on the third anniversary of the grant 
date. The  weighted  average  grant-date  fair  value  for  non-vested  restricted  stock  units  granted  during  2021,  2020 
and 2019 was $398.59, $344.70 and $286.51, respectively. 

We recorded $13.5 million of expense related to stock awards during 2021, which is included in cost of goods 
sold  or  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  unamortized  share-based 
compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units, net of estimated forfeitures, was $17.7 million, which 
is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2 years. We use treasury stock to provide shares 
of common stock in connection with vesting of the stock awards. 

Note 15 — Income taxes 

The following table summarizes the components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations:

Current:

Federal

State

Non-U.S.

Deferred:

Federal

State

Non-U.S.

2021

2020

2019

$ 

134,336  $ 

11,148  $ 

19,374 

16,970 

35,399 

9,644 

35,042 

8,220 

23,690 

(85,272)   

(9,475)   

(2,041) 

(16,933)   

(13,734)   

(28,277) 

(10,151)   

(10,694)   

(143,044) 

$ 

74,349  $ 

21,931  $ 

(122,078) 

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At  December  31,  2021,  the  cumulative  unremitted  earnings  of  subsidiaries  outside  the  U.S.  that  are 
considered  non-permanently  reinvested  and  for  which  taxes  have  been  provided  approximated  $1.3  billion.  At 
December  31,  2021,  the  cumulative  unremitted  earnings  of  subsidiaries  outside  the  U.S.  that  are  considered 
permanently reinvested approximated $1.0 billion. Earnings considered permanently reinvested are expected to be 
reinvested indefinitely and, as a result, no additional deferred tax liability has been recognized with regard to these 
earnings. It is not practical to determine the deferred income tax liability on these earnings if, in the future, they are 
remitted to the U.S. because the income tax liability to be incurred, if any, is dependent on circumstances existing 
when remittance occurs.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  components  of  income  from  continuing  operations 

before taxes:

U.S.

Non-U.S.

2021

2020

2019

$ 

209,231  $ 

233,034  $ 

89,021 

350,237 

124,698 

250,882 

$ 

559,468  $ 

357,732  $ 

339,903 

Reconciliations between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate are as follows:

2021

2020

2019

Federal statutory rate

Tax effect of international items
Foreign merger - deferred taxes (1)
Excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation

State taxes, net of federal benefit

Uncertain tax contingencies

Contingent consideration

Intellectual property impairment charge

Research and development tax credit

Other, net

 21.0 %
 (6.0) 

 21.0 %
 (5.3) 

 — 

 (1.1) 

 0.1 

 (0.1) 

 0.2 

 — 

 (0.8) 

 — 

 — 

 (4.9) 

 (0.3) 

 (0.5) 

 (2.2) 

 (1.2) 

 (1.1) 

 0.6 

 21.0 %
 (11.3) 

 (38.0) 

 (4.5) 

 (4.9) 

 — 

 3.4 

 — 

 (1.1) 

 (0.5) 

 13.3 %

 6.1 %

 (35.9) %

(1) During 2019, we recognized a discrete tax benefit of $129.0 million resulting from a non-U.S. legal entity restructuring that eliminated 

the requirement to provide for withholding taxes on the future repatriation of certain non-permanently reinvested earnings.

The effective income tax rate for 2021 was 13.3% compared to 6.1% for 2020. The effective income tax rate for 
2021  reflects  tax  expense  associated  with  the  Respiratory  business  divestiture.  The  effective  tax  rate  for  2020 
reflects  non-taxable  contingent  consideration  adjustments,  recognized  in  connection  with  a  decrease  in  the  fair 
value of our contingent consideration liabilities. Additionally, the effective tax rates for both 2021 and 2020 reflect a 
net  excess  tax  benefit  related  to  share-based  compensation  and  a  tax  benefit  relating  to  the  revaluation  of  state 
deferred tax assets and liabilities due to business integrations and other changes.

We are routinely subject to examinations by various taxing authorities. In conjunction with these examinations 
and  as  a  regular  practice,  we  establish  and  adjust  reserves  with  respect  to  its  uncertain  tax  positions  to  address 
developments related to those positions. We realized a net benefit of $0.8 million, $1.7 million and $0.1 million in 
2021,  2020  and  2019  respectively,  as  a  result  of  reducing  our  reserves  with  respect  to  uncertain  tax  positions, 
principally due to the expiration of a number of applicable statutes of limitations. 

F-31

 
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  significant  components  of  our  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  at 

December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Deferred tax assets:

2021

2020

Tax loss and credit carryforwards

$ 

168,113  $ 

180,782 

Lease Liabilities

Pension

Reserves and accruals

Other

Less: valuation allowances

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property, plant and equipment
Intangibles — stock acquisitions (1)
Unremitted non-U.S. earnings

Lease Assets
Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

32,127 

350 

64,421 

4,379 

25,429 

12,237 

72,931 

7,996 

(143,177)   

(155,008) 

126,213 

144,367 

24,479 

352,139 

73,385 

32,127 
7,387 

25,633 

476,150 

91,539 

25,429 
2,221 

489,517 

620,972 

$ 

(363,304)  $ 

(476,605) 

(1)

In  December  of  2021,  we  executed  an  intra-company  transfer  in  which  certain  intellectual  property  rights  held  by  several  of  our 
subsidiaries were contributed to a non-U.S. subsidiary. The transfer accelerated certain taxable income into the year ended December 
31, 2021; however, the related current tax expense of $73.2 million, which is payable in 2022, was substantially offset by the reversal 
of existing deferred tax liabilities.

Under the tax laws of various jurisdictions in which we operate, deductions or credits that cannot be fully utilized 
for tax purposes during the current year may be carried forward, subject to statutory limitations, to reduce taxable 
income  or  taxes  payable  in  a  future  tax  year.  At  December  31,  2021,  the  tax  effect  of  such  carryforwards 
approximated $168.1 million. Of this amount, $15.7 million has no expiration date, $19.2 million expires after 2021 
but before the end of 2026 and $133.2 million expires after 2026. A portion of these carryforwards consists of tax 
losses and credits obtained by us as a result of acquisitions; the utilization of these carryforwards are subject to an 
annual limitation imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which limits a company’s ability to deduct 
prior  net  operating  losses  following  a  more  than  50  percent  change  in  ownership.  It  is  not  expected  that  the 
Section 382 limitation will prevent us ultimately from utilizing the applicable loss carryforwards. The determination of 
state net operating loss carryforwards is dependent upon the U.S. subsidiaries’ taxable income or loss, the state’s 
proportion of each subsidiary's taxable net income and the application of state laws, which can change from year to 
year and impact the amount of such carryforward.

The  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  of  $143.2  million  and  $155.0  million  at  December  31,  2021 
and  2020,  respectively,  relates  principally  to  the  uncertainty  of  our  ability  to  utilize  certain  deferred  tax  assets, 
primarily  tax  loss  and  credit  carryforwards  in  various  jurisdictions.  The  valuation  allowance  was  calculated  in 
accordance  with  applicable  accounting  standards,  which  require  that  a  valuation  allowance  be  established  and 
maintained when it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Uncertain  Tax  Positions:  The  following  table  is  a  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  balances  for 

liabilities associated with unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Balance at January 1

Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years

Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years

Unrecognized tax benefits related to the current year
Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to lapse of applicable 

statute of limitations

Increase (decrease) in unrecognized tax benefits due to foreign 

currency translation

Balance at December 31

2021

2020

2019

$ 

7,230  $ 

7,561  $ 

8,106 

— 

— 

— 

1,286 

— 

— 

351 

(201) 

1,237 

(956)   

(1,864)   

(1,881) 

(169)   

247 

(51) 

$ 

6,105  $ 

7,230  $ 

7,561 

The total liabilities associated with the unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective 

tax rate for continuing operations, were $3.8 million at December 31, 2021.

We  accrue  interest  and  penalties  associated  with  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  income  tax  expense  in  the 
consolidated statements of income, and the corresponding liability is included in the consolidated balance sheets. 
The net interest expense (benefit) and penalties reflected in income from continuing operations for the year ended 
December 31, 2021 was $0.2 million and $(0.3) million, respectively; for the year ended December 31, 2020 was 
$0.2 million and $(0.5) million, respectively; and for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $0.2 million and $(0.1) 
million,  respectively.  The  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  for  interest  and  penalties  at  December  31, 
2021 were $0.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively, and at December 31, 2020 were $0.7 million and $2.1 million, 
respectively.

The taxable years for which the applicable statute of limitations remains open by major tax jurisdictions are as 

follows:

U.S.

Canada

China

Czech Republic

France

Germany

India

Ireland

Italy

Malaysia

Singapore

Beginning

Ending

2018

2017

2016

2018

2019

2011

2002

2017

2016

2017

2017

2021

2021

2021

2021

2021

2021

2021

2021

2021

2021

2021

We  are  routinely  subject  to  income  tax  examinations  by  various  taxing  authorities. As  of  December  31,  2021, 
the  most  significant  tax  examinations  in  process  were  in  Ireland  and  Germany.  The  date  at  which  these 
examinations  may  be  concluded  and  the  ultimate  outcome  of  the  examinations  are  uncertain. As  a  result  of  the 
uncertain outcome of this ongoing examinations, future examinations or the expiration of statutes of limitation, it is 
reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken could materially change from 
those recorded as liabilities at December 31, 2021. Due to the potential for resolution of certain examinations, and 
the  expiration  of  various  statutes  of  limitations,  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  our  unrecognized  tax  benefits  may 
change within the next year by a range of zero to $1.1 million.

Supplemental cash flow information

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

$ 

108,609  $ 

77,163  $ 

73,632 

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 16 — Pension and other postretirement benefits 

We  have  a  number  of  defined  benefit  pension  and  postretirement  plans  covering  eligible  U.S.  and  non-U.S. 
employees.  The  defined  benefit  pension  plans  are  noncontributory.  The  benefits  under  these  plans  are  based 
primarily on years of service and employees’ pay near retirement. Our funding policy for U.S. plans is to contribute 
annually, at a minimum, amounts required by applicable laws and regulations. Obligations under non-U.S. plans are 
systematically  provided  for  by  depositing  funds  with  trustees  or  by  book  reserves. As  of  December  31,  2021,  no 
further benefits are being accrued under the U.S. defined benefit pension plans and the other postretirement benefit 
plans,  other  than  certain  postretirement  benefit  plans  covering  employees  subject  to  a  collective  bargaining 
agreement.

Teleflex and certain of our subsidiaries provide medical, dental and life insurance benefits to pensioners or their 

survivors. The associated plans are unfunded and approved claims are paid from our funds.

The following table provides information regarding the components of the net benefit (income) expense of the 

pension and postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Service cost

$  1,467  $  1,416  $  2,768  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

9 

2021

Pension

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

Other Benefits

Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets

Net amortization and deferral

9,272 
(30,726)   

  12,827 

  16,000 

(31,650)   

(27,426)   

418 
— 

902 
— 

1,391 
— 

8,589 

7,447 

7,013 

(1,058)   

(161)   

(1) 

Net benefit (income) expense

$  (11,398)  $ 

(9,960)  $ 

(1,645)  $ 

(640)  $ 

741  $  1,399 

Net  benefit  (income)  expense  is  primarily  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  within  the 

consolidated statements of income. 

The following table provides the weighted average assumptions for U.S. and foreign plans used in determining 

net benefit cost:

Discount rate

Rate of return

Initial healthcare trend rate

Ultimate healthcare trend rate

2021

 2.5 %

 6.7 %

Pension

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

Other Benefits

 3.2 %

 7.5 %

 4.3 %

 7.7 %

 2.3 %

 3.1 %

 4.2 %

 6.8 %

 4.5 %

 7.0 %

 5.0 %

 7.4 %

 5.0 %

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  provides  summarized  information  with  respect  to  the  pension  and  postretirement  benefit 

plans, measured as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

$  501,347  $  470,236  $ 

31,921  $ 

40,042 

Pension

Other Benefits

2021

2020

2021

2020

Service cost

Interest cost

Actuarial (gain) loss

Currency translation

Benefits paid

Medicare Part D reimbursement

Plan amendments

Administrative costs

Projected benefit obligation, end of year

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets
Contributions

Benefits paid

Administrative costs

Currency translation

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

Funded status, end of year

1,467 

9,272 

(13,567)   

(1,726)   

1,416 

12,827 

36,726 

2,273 

— 

418 

(2,288)   

— 

— 

902 

964 

— 

(21,138)   

(21,092)   

(3,303)   

(5,448) 

56 

— 

— 

119 

(4,658) 

— 

26,804 

31,921 

— 

— 

— 

47 

(981)   

(1,086)   

474,674 

457,626 

22,124 
12,159 

501,347 

423,300 

43,276 
12,490 

(21,138)   

(21,092) 

(981)   

(1,086) 

3 

738 

469,793 

457,626 

$ 

(4,881)  $ 

(43,721)  $ 

(26,804)  $ 

(31,921) 

The actuarial gain for pension for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to an increase in the 
discount  rate  used  to  measure  the  obligation,  partially  offset  by  a  change  in  census  data  as  well  as  the  mortality 
assumptions. The actuarial loss for pension for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily due to a decrease 
in the discount rate used to measure the obligation, partially offset by a change in the mortality assumptions.

The accumulated benefit obligations (ABO) and the projected benefit obligations (PBO) for plans with ABO and 
PBO  in  excess  of  plan  assets  were  $456.0  million  and  $456.6  million,  respectively,  at  December  31,  2021  and 
$481.0 million and $481.8 million respectively, at December 31, 2020. The fair value of plan assets for plans with 
PBO and ABO in excess of plan assets were $449.8 million and $434.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2021 
and December 31, 2020, respectively.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  amounts  recognized  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  with  respect  to  the 

pension and postretirement plans:

Other assets

Pension

Other Benefits

2021

2020

2021

2020

$ 

17,827  $ 

3,703  $ 

—  $ 

— 

Payroll and benefit-related liabilities

(1,602)   

(1,721)   

(2,725)   

(3,125) 

Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities

(21,106)   

(45,703)   

(24,079)   

(28,796) 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (gain)

218,139 

232,540 

(2,847)   

(1,617) 

$  213,258  $  188,819  $ 

(29,651)  $ 

(33,538) 

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables set forth the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income with respect 

to the plans:

Balance at December 31, 2019
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 
Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

Net amortization and deferral

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Plan amendments

Impact of currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2020
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 
Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

Net amortization and deferral
Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Impact of currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2021

Pension

Prior Service
Cost 

Net (Gain)
or Loss

Deferred
Taxes

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive
Loss, Net of Tax

$ 

173  $  213,816  $  (76,270)  $ 

137,719 

(15)   

(7,432)   

1,738 

(5,709) 

— 

47 

— 

25,100 

(5,875)   

19,225 

— 

851 

(9)   

(241)   

38 

610 

205 

  232,335 

(80,657)   

151,883 

(5)   

(8,584)   

1,999 

(6,590) 

— 

— 

(4,965)   

1,148 

(847)   

237 

(3,817) 

(610) 

$ 

200  $  217,939  $  (77,273)  $ 

140,866 

Other Benefits

Prior Service
Cost 

Net (Gain) or
Loss

Deferred
Taxes

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive
Loss, Net of Tax

Balance at December 31, 2019
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 
Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

$ 

Net amortization and deferral

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Plan amendments

Balance at December 31, 2020
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 

Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

Net amortization and deferral

Amounts arising during the period:

7  $ 

1,909  $ 

(825)  $ 

1,091 

(18)   

179 

(37)   

124 

— 

(4,658)   

964 

— 

(4,669)   

3,052 

(223)   

1,076 

(9)   

741 

(3,582) 

(1,626) 

1,017 

41 

(243)   

815 

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

— 

(2,288)   

523 

Balance at December 31, 2021

$ 

(3,652)  $ 

805  $ 

271  $ 

(1,765) 

(2,576) 

The following table provides the weighted average assumptions for U.S. and foreign plans used in determining 

benefit obligations:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase

Initial healthcare trend rate

Ultimate healthcare trend rate

Pension

Other Benefits

2021

2020

2021

2020

 2.8 %
 2.8 %

 2.5 %
 2.8 %

 2.7 %

 2.3 %

 6.0 %

 4.5 %

 6.4 %

 4.5 %

The discount rate represents the interest rate used to determine the present value of future cash flows currently 
expected to be required to settle the pension and other benefit obligations. The weighted average discount rates for 

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. pension plans and other benefit plans of 2.95% and 2.69%, respectively, were established by comparing the 
projection  of  expected  benefit  payments  to  the  AA  Above  Median  yield  curve  as  of  December  31,  2021.  The 
expected benefit payments are discounted by each corresponding discount rate on the yield curve. For payments 
beyond 30 years, we extend the curve assuming that the discount rate derived in year 30 is extended to the end of 
the  plan’s  payment  expectations.  Once  the  present  value  of  the  string  of  benefit  payments  is  established,  we 
determine the single rate on the yield curve that, when applied to all obligations of the plan, will exactly match the 
previously determined present value.

As part of the evaluation of pension and other postretirement assumptions, we applied assumptions for mortality 
and  healthcare  cost  trends  that  incorporate  generational  white  and  blue  collar  mortality  trends.  In  determining  its 
benefit obligations, we used generational tables that take into consideration increases in plan participant longevity.

Our assumption for the expected return on plan assets is primarily based on the determination of an expected 
return  for  its  current  portfolio.  This  determination  is  made  using  assumptions  for  return  and  volatility  of  the 
portfolio. Asset  class  assumptions  are  set  using  a  combination  of  empirical  and  forward-looking  analysis.  To  the 
extent  historical  results  have  been  affected  by  unsustainable  trends  or  events,  the  effects  of  those  trends  are 
quantified  and  removed.  We  apply  a  variety  of  models  for  filtering  historical  data  and  isolating  the  fundamental 
characteristics of asset classes. These models provide empirical return estimates for each asset class, which are 
then reviewed and combined with a qualitative assessment of long term relationships between asset classes before 
a return estimate is finalized. The qualitative analysis is intended to provide an additional means for addressing the 
effect  of  unrealistic  or  unsustainable  short-term  valuations  or  trends,  resulting  in  return  levels  and  behavior  we 
believe  are  more  likely  to  prevail  over  long  periods.  Effective  in  2022,  we  changed  the  expected  return  on  plan 
assets of the U.S. pension plans from 7.00% to 5.80% due to modifications to the investment strategy in order to 
gradually reduce portfolio risk. The change had no impact on the results for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension plans was $474.1 million and 
$500.6  million  for  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  All  of  the  pension  plans  had  accumulated  benefit  obligations  in 
excess of their respective plan assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, with the exception of one foreign plan 
that  had  plan  assets  of  $2.0  million  and  $3.7  million  in  excess  of  the  accumulated  benefit  obligation  as  of 
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Our investment objective is to achieve an enhanced long-term rate of return on plan assets, subject to a prudent 
level of portfolio risk, for the purpose of enhancing the availability of benefits for participants. These investments are 
primarily  comprised  of  equity  and  fixed  income  mutual  funds.  Our  other  investments  are  largely  comprised  of  a 
hedge  fund  of  funds  and  a  structured  credit  fund.  The  equity  funds  are  diversified  in  terms  of  domestic  and 
international  equity  securities,  as  well  as  small,  middle  and  large  capitalization  stocks.  Our  target  allocation 
percentage is as follows: equity securities (26%) and fixed-income securities (74%). Equity funds are held for their 
expected  return  over  inflation.  Fixed-income  funds  are  held  for  diversification  relative  to  equities  and  as  a  partial 
hedge of interest rate risk with respect to plan liabilities. The other investments are held to further diversify assets 
within the plans and are designed to provide a mix of equity and bond like return with a bond like risk profile. The 
plans  may  also  hold  cash  to  meet  liquidity  requirements.  Actual  performance  may  not  be  consistent  with  the 
respective  investment  strategies.  Investment  risks  and  returns  are  measured  and  monitored  on  an  ongoing  basis 
through  annual  liability  measurements  and  investment  portfolio  reviews  to  determine  whether  the  asset  allocation 
targets continue to represent an appropriate balance of expected risk and reward.

F-37

The following table provides the fair values of the pension plan assets at December 31, 2021 by asset category:

Asset Category (a)

Cash

Money market funds

Equity securities:

Managed volatility (b)

U.S. small/mid-cap equity (c)

World equity (excluding U.S.) (d)

Fixed income securities:

Intermediate duration fund (e)

Long duration bond fund (f)

Corporate bond fund (g)

Emerging markets debt fund (h)
Corporate, government and foreign bonds

Absolute return credit fund (i)

Asset backed – home loans

Other types of investments:

Contract with insurance company (j)

Other

Fair Value Measurements

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

$ 

923  $ 

6 

923 

6 

  57,252 

7,532 

  34,287 

  101,363 

  171,919 

7,607 

7,605 
  50,599 

671 

208 

  19,130 

3 

57,252 

7,532 

34,287 

101,363 

171,919 

7,607 

7,605 
50,599 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

671 

208 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

—  $ 

19,130 

— 

3 

Total investments at fair value

$ 459,105  $ 

439,093  $ 

879  $ 

19,133 

Investments measured at net asset value (k)

Total

  10,688 

$ 469,793 

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  provides  the  fair  values  of  the  pension  plan  assets  at  December  31,  2020  by  asset 

category:

Asset Category (a)

Cash

Money market funds

Equity securities:

Managed volatility (b)

U.S. small/mid-cap equity (c)

World equity (excluding U.S.) (d)

Common equity securities – Teleflex Incorporated

  29,592 

Fixed income securities:

Intermediate duration fund (e)

Long duration bond fund (f)

Corporate bond fund (g)
Emerging markets debt fund (h)

Corporate, government and foreign bonds

Asset backed – home loans

Other types of investments:

Multi asset funds (l)

Contract with insurance company (j)

Other

  63,376 

  98,996 

  13,469 
  11,412 

  35,582 

261 

8,890 

  10,485 

4 

Fair Value Measurements

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

$ 

582  $ 

12 

  85,974 

  11,780 

  59,467 

582 

12 

85,974 

11,780 

59,467 

29,592 

63,376 

98,996 

13,469 
11,412 

35,582 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

—  $ 

261 

4,057 

4,833 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

—  $ 

10,485 

— 

4 

Total investments at fair value

$ 429,882  $ 

414,299  $  5,094  $ 

10,489 

Investments measured at Net asset value (k)

Total

  27,744 

$ 457,626 

(a)

Information  on  asset  categories  described  in  notes  (b)-(l)  is  derived  from  prospectuses  and  other  material  provided  by 
the respective funds comprising the respective asset categories.

(b) This  category  comprises  mutual  funds  that  invest  in  securities  of  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  companies  of  all  capitalization 

ranges that exhibit relatively low volatility.

(c) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of small and mid-
sized  companies.  The  fund  invests  in  common  stocks  or  exchange  traded  funds  holding  common  stock  of  U.S. 
companies with market capitalizations in the range of companies in the Russell 2500 Index.

(d) This  category  comprises  a  mutual  fund  that  invests  at  least  80%  of  its  net  assets  in  equity  securities  of  foreign 
companies. These securities may include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, exchange traded funds based on 
an international equity index, derivative instruments whose value is based on an international equity index and derivative 
instruments whose value is based on an underlying equity security or a basket of equity securities. The fund invests in 
securities of foreign issuers located in developed and emerging market countries. However, the fund will not invest more 
than 35% of its assets in the common stocks or other equity securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.
(e) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests in instruments or derivatives having economic characteristics similar 
to  fixed  income  securities.  The  fund  invests  in  investment  grade  fixed  income  instruments,  including  U.S.  and  foreign 
corporate obligations, fixed income securities issued by sovereigns or agencies in both developed and emerging foreign 
markets, debt obligations issued by governments or other municipalities, and securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. 
Government and its agencies. The fund will seek to maintain an effective average duration between three and ten years, 
and  uses  derivative  instruments,  including  interest  rate  swap  agreements  and  credit  default  swaps,  for  the  purpose  of 
managing the overall duration and yield curve exposure of the Fund’s portfolio of fixed income securities.

(f) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests in instruments or derivatives having economic characteristics similar 
to fixed income securities. The fund invests in investment grade fixed income instruments, including securities issued or 
guaranteed  by  the  U.S.  Government  and  its  agencies  and  instrumentalities,  corporate  bonds,  asset-backed  securities, 
exchange  traded  funds,  mortgage-backed  securities  and  collateralized  mortgage-backed  securities.  The  fund  invests 
primarily in long duration government and corporate fixed income securities, and uses derivative instruments, including 
interest rate swap agreements and Treasury futures contracts, for the purpose of managing the overall duration and yield 
curve exposure of the Fund’s portfolio of fixed income securities.

F-39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g) This category comprises funds that invest primarily in higher-yielding fixed income securities, including corporate bonds 

and debentures, convertible and preferred securities and zero coupon obligations.

(h) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities of emerging 
market  issuers,  primarily  in  U.S.  dollar-denominated  debt  of  foreign  governments,  government-related  and  corporate 
issuers in emerging market countries and entities organized to restructure the debt of those issuers.

(i) This  category  comprises  a  mutual  fund  that  invests  primarily  in  investment  grade  bonds  and  similar  fixed  income  and 

floating rate securities.

(j) This category comprises the asset established out of an agreement to purchase a bulk-annuity policy from an insurer to 
fully cover the liabilities for members of the pension plan. The asset value is based on the fair value of the contract as 
determined by the insurance company using inputs that are not observable.

(k) This  category  comprises  pooled  institutional  investments,  primarily  collective  investment  trusts.  These  funds  are  not 
listed on an exchange or traded in an active market and these investments are valued using their net asset value, which 
is generally based on the underlying asset values of the pooled investments held in the trusts. This category comprises 
the following funds:
• a  fund  that  invests  primarily  in  collateralized  debt  obligations  and  other  structured  credit  vehicles  and  may  include 
fixed income securities, loan participations, credit-linked notes, medium-term notes, pooled investment vehicles and 
derivative instruments. 

• a hedge fund that invests in various other hedge funds. 
• funds  that  invest  in  underlying  funds  that  acquire,  manage,  and  dispose  of  real  estate  properties,  with  a  focus  on 

properties in the U.S. and the UK markets.

(l) This category comprises funds that may invest in equities, bonds, or derivatives.

Our contributions to U.S. and foreign pension plans during 2022 are expected to be approximately $1.6 million. 

Contributions to postretirement healthcare plans during 2022 are expected to be approximately $2.7 million.

The following table provides information about the expected benefit payments under its U.S. and foreign plans 
for  each  of  the  five  succeeding  years  and  the  aggregate  of  the  five  years  thereafter,  net  of  the  annual  average 
Medicare Part D subsidy of approximately $0.1 million:

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Years 2027 — 2031

Pension

Other Benefits

$ 

22,732  $ 

22,859 

23,583 

23,976 

24,622 

127,007 

2,723 

2,630 

2,432 

2,348 

2,073 

7,388 

We maintain a number of defined contribution savings plans covering eligible U.S. and non-U.S. employees. We 
partially  match  employee  contributions.  Costs  related  to  these  plans  were  $23.2  million,  $21.7  million  and  $17.5 
million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Note 17 — Commitments and contingent liabilities 

Environmental:  We  are  subject  to  contingencies  as  a  result  of  environmental  laws  and  regulations  that  in  the 
future may require us to take further action to correct the effects on the environment of prior disposal practices or 
releases  of  chemical  or  petroleum  substances  by  us  or  other  parties.  Much  of  this  liability  results  from  the  U.S. 
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, often referred to as Superfund, the U.S. 
Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act  and  similar  state  laws.  These  laws  require  us  to  undertake  certain 
investigative  and  remedial  activities  at  sites  where  we  conduct  or  once  conducted  operations  or  at  sites  where 
Company-generated waste was disposed.

Remediation activities vary substantially in duration and cost from site to site. The nature of these activities, and 
their  associated  costs,  depend  on  the  mix  of  unique  site  characteristics,  evolving  remediation  technologies,  the 
regulatory agencies involved and their enforcement policies, as well as the presence or absence of other potentially 
responsible parties. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we have recorded $2.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively, 
in  accrued  liabilities  and  $4.1  million  and  $5.2  million,  respectively  in  other  liabilities  relating  to  these  matters. 
Considerable  uncertainty  exists  with  respect  to  these  liabilities,  and  if  adverse  changes  in  circumstances  occur, 
potential liability may exceed the amount accrued as of December 31, 2021. The time frame over which the accrued 
amounts may be paid out, based on past history, is estimated to be 10-15 years.

F-40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Legal matters: We are a party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These 
lawsuits and claims include actions involving product liability, intellectual property, employment, environmental and 
other  matters. As  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  we  have  recorded  accrued  liabilities  of  $0.2  million  and  $0.3 
million,  respectively,  in  connection  with  such  contingencies,  representing  our  best  estimate  of  the  cost  within  the 
range of estimated possible losses that will be incurred to resolve these matters. 

On February 17, 2021, representatives of the selling shareholders from whom we acquired Essential Medical, 
Inc.  filed  suit  on  behalf  of  such  shareholders  in  the  Court  of  Chancery  of  the  State  of  Delaware  alleging,  among 
other things, that we breached the merger agreement relating to the acquisition in connection with activities relating 
to the achievement of revenue-based milestone goals under the agreement. The suit sought money damages in the 
amount  of  $66.9  million,  plus  interest.  During  the  second  quarter  of  2021,  the  parties  entered  into  a  settlement 
agreement, pursuant to which we paid $17.4 million to the selling shareholders, the selling shareholders released us 
from the claims asserted in the lawsuit as well as any remaining obligations to make milestone payments and any 
other obligations relating to the merger agreement, and the lawsuit was dismissed with prejudice. As a result, we 
have no further potential liability related to this matter. 

In June 2020, we began producing documents and information in response to a Civil Investigative Demand (a 
“CID”) received in March 2020 by one of our subsidiaries, NeoTract, from the U.S. Department of Justice through 
the United States Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of Georgia (collectively, the “DOJ”). The CID relates to 
the  DOJ’s  investigation  of  a  single  NeoTract  customer,  requires  the  production  of  documents  and  information 
pertaining  to  communications  with,  and  certain  rebate  programs  offered  to,  that  customer  and  pertains  to 
communications and activities occurring both prior to our acquisition of NeoTract in October 2017 and thereafter. In 
July  2020,  the  DOJ  advised  us  that  it  had  opened  an  investigation  under  the  civil  False  Claims  Act,  31  U.S.C. 
§3729, with respect to NeoTract’s operations broadly in addition to the customer investigation.

Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, established reserves and other resources, we do 
not believe that the outcome of any outstanding litigation and claims is likely to be, individually or in the aggregate, 
material to our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. However, in the event of unexpected 
further  developments,  it  is  possible  that  the  ultimate  resolution  of  these  matters,  or  other  similar  matters,  if 
unfavorable, may be materially adverse to our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Legal 
costs  such  as  outside  counsel  fees  and  expenses  are  charged  to  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in 
the period incurred.

We maintain policies and procedures to promote compliance with the Anti-Kickback Statute, False Claims Acts 
and other applicable laws and regulations and intend to provide information sought by the government. We cannot 
at  this  time  reasonably  predict,  however,  the  ultimate  scope  or  outcome  of  this  matter,  including  whether  an 
investigation may raise other compliance issues of interest, including those beyond the scope described above or 
how any such issues might be resolved. We also cannot at this time reasonably estimate any potential liabilities or 
penalty,  if  any,  that  may  arise  from  this  matter,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of 
operations and financial condition.

Other:  As  previously  disclosed,  we  have  been  subject  to  an  investigation  by  Chinese  authorities  related  to  a 
technical error regarding our country of origin designation for certain products we imported into China. Had the error 
not  been  made,  we  would  have  been  obligated  to  make  increased  tariff  payments  in  late  2018  through  the  first 
quarter  of  2021.  During  the  first  quarter  of  2021,  we  accrued  the  estimated  increase  in  tariffs  as  well  as  related 
interest  expense  for  the  periods  in  question.  In  addition  to  the  tariffs  and  related  interest,  the  Chinese  authorities 
may impose a penalty for the unpaid tariffs. 

During the third quarter of 2021, after receiving requests for payment of the increased tariff amounts from the 
Chinese authorities, we remitted payment for the increased tariffs and we believe this to be the final action required 
to  close  the  case.  We  no  longer  consider  payment  of  penalties  or  interest  to  be  probable,  so  we  reversed  the 
$3.0 million of previously accrued penalties as well as the accrued interest.  

However,  we  have  not  received  confirmation  from  the  Chinese  authorities  that  the  case  is  closed  and  as  a 
result,  it  remains  possible  that  they  may  request  payment  for  penalties  and  interest  in  the  future.  We  believe  the 
range  of  penalties  could  be  between  30%  and  200%  of  the  increased  tariff  amount  or  between  $3  million  and 
$20 million.

F-41

Note 18 — Business segments and other information 

An operating segment is a component (a) that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues 
and  incur  expenses,  (b)  whose  operating  results  are  regularly  reviewed  by  the  chief  operating  decision  maker  to 
make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance, and (c) for which 
discrete  financial  information  is  available.  We  do  not  evaluate  our  operating  segments  using  discrete  asset 
information. 

We have four reportable segments: Americas, EMEA (Europe, the Middle East and Africa), Asia (Asia Pacific) 

and OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer and Development Services). 

Our  reportable  segments,  other  than  the  OEM  segment,  design,  manufacture  and  distribute  medical  devices 
primarily  used  in  critical  care  and  surgical  applications  and  generally  serve  two  end-markets:  hospitals  and 
healthcare  providers,  and  home  health.  The  products  of  these  segments  are  most  widely  used  in  the  acute  care 
setting for a range of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures and in general and specialty surgical applications. The 
OEM  segment  designs,  manufactures  and  supplies  devices  and 
for  other  medical  device 
manufacturers. 

instruments 

The following tables present our segment results for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Americas

EMEA

Asia

OEM

Net revenues

Americas

EMEA

Asia

OEM

Total segment operating profit (1)

Unallocated expenses (2)

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$  1,659,309  $  1,465,035  $  1,492,274 

606,807 

297,766 

245,681 

584,859 

267,016 

220,246 

588,043 

294,328 

220,717 

$  2,809,563  $  2,537,156  $  2,595,362 

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

424,225  $ 

401,391  $ 

319,933 

94,865 

84,648 

56,210 

81,348 

51,238 

44,852 

94,424 

73,090 

57,994 

659,948 

578,829 

545,441 

(31,853)   

(155,761)   

(118,187) 

Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on 

extinguishment of debt and taxes

$ 

628,095  $ 

423,068  $ 

427,254 

(1)   Segment operating profit includes segment net revenues from external customers reduced by its standard cost of goods sold, adjusted 
for fixed manufacturing cost absorption variances, selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses 
and an allocation of corporate expenses. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, corporate expenses were allocated 
among  the  segments  in  proportion  to  the  respective  amounts  of  one  of  several  items  (such  as  sales,  numbers  of  employees,  and 
amount of time spent), depending on the category of expense involved. Commencing on January 1, 2022, all corporate expenses are 
allocated amongst the segments in proportion to the respective amounts of net revenues. The revised methodology does not impact 
period over period comparability because the change was immaterial.  

(2)    Unallocated  expenses  primarily  include  manufacturing  variances,  except  for  fixed  manufacturing  cost  absorption  variances, 

restructuring and impairment charges and gain on sale of business and assets.

Americas

EMEA

Asia

OEM

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

164,102  $ 

151,111  $ 

153,419 

45,022 

11,140 

17,098 

47,012 

13,594 

15,535 

44,328 

14,072 

6,550 

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

$ 

237,362  $ 

227,252  $ 

218,369 

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Geographic data

The following tables provide total net revenues and total net property, plant and equipment by geographic region 

for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Net revenues (based on selling location):

U.S.

Europe

Asia Pacific

All other

Net property, plant and equipment:

U.S.

Malaysia
Mexico

All other

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$  1,769,488  $  1,567,144  $  1,606,248 

665,000 

263,022 

112,053 

646,577 

230,267 

93,168 

652,069 

241,278 

95,767 

$  2,809,563  $  2,537,156  $  2,595,362 

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$ 

206,876  $ 

234,186 

72,541 
69,471 

94,870 

71,760 
69,330 

98,636 

$ 

443,758  $ 

473,912 

F-43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(Dollars in thousands)

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

Additions
Charged to
Income

Accounts
Receivable
Write-offs

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of
Year

$  12,875  $ 

1,542  $ 

(3,001)  $ 

(617)  $  10,799 

$ 

$ 

9,055  $ 

3,798  $ 

(1,336)  $ 

1,358  $  12,875 

9,348  $ 

1,680  $ 

(1,739)  $ 

(234)  $ 

9,055 

DEFERRED TAX ASSET VALUATION ALLOWANCE

Balance at
Beginning of
 Year

Additions
Charged to
Expense

Reductions
Credited to
Expense

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of Year

$  155,008  $ 

7,770  $  (15,384)  $ 

(4,217)  $  143,177 

$  119,233  $  30,640  $ 

(59)  $ 

5,194  $  155,008 

$  143,971  $  31,564  $  (55,797)  $ 

(505)  $  119,233 

F-44

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS

ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE RECONCILIATION
(dollars in millions, except per share)

ADJUSTED INCOME RECONCILIATION

2018

2019

2020

2021

Amounts attributable to common shareholders:                        
Amounts attributable to common shareholders:                        
income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax
income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

Restructuring, restructuring related and impairment items

Acquisition, integration and divestiture related items

Other items

MDR

Intangible amortization expense, net of tax

Tax Adjustment, net of tax

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

196.4 
196.4 
4.204.20

82.3 
1.76  

59.5 
1.27 

2.8 
0.06  

0.0 
0.0 

122.9 
2.63 

(0.6) 
(0.01)

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

462.0
462.0
9.819.81

33.4 
0.71 

52.1 
1.11 

8.2 
0.17  

3.2 
0.07 

121.9 
2.59

$
$

(155.8)
(3.31)

Adjusted income from continuing operations, net of tax
Adjusted income from continuing operations, net of tax
Adjusted earnings per share from continuing operations
Adjusted earnings per share from continuing operations

$
$

463.5 
463.5 
9.909.90

$
$

525.0 
525.0 
11.15
11.15

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

335.8
335.8
7.107.10

62.3
1.32

(28.0)
(0.59)

0.8
0.02

11.3
0.24

134.3 
2.84

(12.0)
(0.25)

504.5 
504.5 
10.67
10.67

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

485.1
485.1
10.23
10.23

48.7
1.03

(61.1)
(1.29)

2.3
0.04

22.9
0.48

140.2
2.96

(5.9)
(0.12)

632.2 
632.2 
13.33
13.33

Note: GAAP results represent amounts per Form 10K for the year referenced.

This page intentionally left blank. 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
Listed in Order of Tenure

George Babich, Jr.*1
Retired President and
Chief Executive Officer 
Checkpoint Systems, Inc. 
Lead Director 
Compensation Committee Chair

Stephen K. Klasko, M.D.*2
Retired President and Chief 
Executive Officer 
Thomas Jefferson University 
and Jefferson Health

Stuart A. Randle*1, 2
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Ivenix, Inc. 
Nominating and Governance 
Commitee Chair

Candace H. Duncan*3
Retired Managing Partner 
KPMG LLP 
Audit Committee Chair

Gretchen R. Haggerty*3
Retired Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer 
United States Steel Corp.

Richard A. Packer*2
Primary Executive Director 
Asahi Kasei

Andrew A. Krakauer*1
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Cantel Medical Corp.

Liam Kelly
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Teleflex Incorporated

John C. Heinmiller*3
Retired Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer 
St. Jude Medical
*Board Committees
1 Compensation
2 Nominating and Governance
3 Audit

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP 
Liam Kelly
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Thomas E. Powell
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Petro Barchuk
Vice President, 
Financial Planning and Analysis

Karen Boylan
Corporate Vice President, 
Global Strategic Projects

John Deren
Corporate Vice President and 
Chief Accounting Officer

Michael DiGiuseppe
President, Latin America  
and Americas Commercial 
Operations Group

Timothy Duffy
Vice President and  
Chief Information Officer

James Ferguson
President and General  
Manager, Surgical

Michelle Fox
Corporate Vice President and 
Chief Medical Officer

Sunny Goh
President, APAC

Kevin Hardage
President and General Manager, 
Interventional Urology 

Marie Hendrixson
Vice President, Internal Audit

Cameron Hicks
Corporate Vice President  
and Chief Human  
Resources Officer

Scott Holstine
President and General Manager, 
Interventional

Matthew James
President, EMEA 
and Global Urology

Lawrence Keusch
Vice President of Investor 
Relations and Strategy 
Development 

Michael Kryukov
Vice President, Global Tax

Lisa Kudlacz
President and General  
Manager, Vascular

Bert Lane
Vice President, 
Global Logistics and Distribution

Daniel V. Logue
Corporate Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Justin McMurray
Vice President, Global Strategic 
Research and Development 

Jake Newman
President, The Americas

Daniel Price
Corporate Vice President, 
Commercial Finance

Howard Cyr
Corporate Vice President and 
Chief Compliance Officer

Dominik Reterski
Corporate Vice President, Quality 
Assurance/Regulatory Affairs

Kevin Robinson
President and General 
Manager, Anesthesia and 
Emergency Medicine

Greg Stotts
President and  
General Manager, OEM

Matt Tomkin
Vice President,  
Corporate Development 

Ed Weidner
Vice President, Customer 
Experience and Commercial 
Operations

Jay White
Corporate Vice President and 
President, Global Commercial

James Winters
Corporate Vice President, 
Manufacturing and Supply Chain 

INVESTOR INFORMATION
Teleflex Incorporated 
550 East Swedesford Road 
Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087

Investor Information
Market and ownership 
of common stock: 
New York Stock Exchange 
Trading symbol: TFX

Investor Relations
Investors, analysts, and others 
seeking information about the 
company should contact:
 Lawrence Keusch 
Teleflex Incorporated 
lawrence.keusch@teleflex.com 
www.teleflex.com

A copy of the Annual Report as filed  
with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on Form 10-K, interim 
reports on Form 10-Q, and current 
reports on Form 8-K can be accessed 
on the Investor page of the 
company’s website or can be mailed 
upon request.

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Questions concerning transfer 
requirements, lost certificates, 
dividends, duplicate mailings, 
change of address, or other 
stockholder matters should be 
addressed to:

 American Stock Transfer  
& Trust Company 
6201 15th Ave 
Brooklyn, New York 11219 
(800) 937-5449 (toll free)

Dividend Reinvestment
Teleflex Incorporated offers a 
dividend reinvestment and direct 
stock purchase and sale plan.  
For enrollment information,  
please contact American Stock 
Transfer & Trust Company,  
Dividend Reinvestment Department,  
1-877-842-1572 (toll free).

Code of Ethics and
Business Guidelines
All Teleflex businesses around 
the world share a common Code  
of Ethics, which guides the way  
we conduct business. The Code is 
available on the Teleflex website  
at www.teleflex.com.

Certifications
The certifications by the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer of Teleflex 
Incorporated required under 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 have been filed as 
exhibits to Teleflex Incorporated’s 
2021 Annual Report on Form 
10-K. In addition, in May 2021, 
the Chief Executive Officer of 
Teleflex Incorporated certified  
to the New York Stock Exchange 
(“NYSE”) that he is not aware  
of any violation by the Company  
of NYSE corporate governance 
listing standards, as required by 
Section 303A.12(a) of the NYSE 
Corporate Governance Rules.

Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Forward-Looking 
Statements
In accordance with the safe 
harbor provisions of the Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 
1995, the company notes that certain 
statements contained in this report 
are forward-looking in nature. These 
forward-looking statements include 
matters such as business strategies, 
market potential, product deployment, 
future financial performance, and 
other future-oriented matters. Such 
matters inherently involve many risks 
and uncertainties. For additional 
information, please refer to the 
company’s Securities and Exchange 
Commission filings and the Form 
10-K included in the Annual Report.

Teleflex, the Teleflex logo, Arrow, Deknatel, LMA, Pilling, QuikClot, Rüsch, UroLift, and Weck, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Teleflex 
Incorporated or its affiliates, in the U.S. and/or other countries.

© 2022 Teleflex Incorporated. All rights reserved. 

 
 
T

R

O

P

E

R

L

A

U

N

N

A

1

2

0

2

|

X

E

L

F

E

L

E

T

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS 
550 E. Swedesford Road, Suite 400, Wayne, PA 19087 
 610.225.6800   |  www.teleflex.com